04160cam  22004092a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720017002030720015002200820014002351000026002492450134002752500020004092600055004293000019004843650098005033660075006014400060006765000016007365000052007525051422008045160013022265201321022395380020035606500023035806500049036036500022036527000015036748560061036899781849503549UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503549 :cą70.95  a1849503540 :cą70.95  a0190-1281  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKC2bicssc 7aJHMP2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a306.32221 aDannhaeuser, Norbert.10aMarkets and market liberalizationh[electronic resource] ;bEthnographic reflections /cNorbert Dannhaeuser; Edited by C. Werner.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a372 p. :bill.  a02b70.95cGBPd00hS 60.38 17.5 70.95 10.57jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in economic anthropology  ;vv. 24,x0190-1281  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312252, 2006.0 aIntroduction (N. Dannhaeuser, C. Werner).-- Section I. Migration and market opportunities. Overseas contract labor, remittances, and household consumption: A case study from San Fernando City, the Philippines (T.S. Matejowsky). Hawkers and containers in Zarya Vostoka: How 'bizarre' is the Post-Soviet bazaar? (S. Yessenova).-- Section II. Socioeconomic impacts of the oil market on Gulf Coast communities. Oil and gas in South Louisiana (T.R. Mcguire). Work and change in the Gulf of Mexico offshore petroleum industry (D.E. Austin, T.R. Mcguire, R. Higgins). The footprint of the offshore oil industry on community institutions (K. Coelho). Women's work and lives in offshore oil (D.E. Austin).-- Section III. Local responses to market liberalization. La Victoria Comprometida: reflections on neoliberalism from a Santiago poblacion J.L. Finn). The movement for an economy of solidarity: Urban agriculture and local exchange trading systems in Quebec (M. Boulianne). Domestic labor in globalized Tepoztlan: from a gendered labor process standpoint (S. Perutz).-- Section IV. Negotiating values in the market. Big money, new money, and ATMs: valuing Vietnamese currency in Ho Chi Minh City (A. Truitt). The political economy of tradition: Sponsoring and incorporating the Caribs of Trinidad and Tobago (M.C. Forte). Costs of knowledge: The economic underpinnings of spiritual relations in Islam in Niger (N. Butler).  aDocument  aExamines cases in which migration has opened fresh market and entrepreneurial opportunities to local populations. This book contains cases that describe ethnographically the impacts the oil industry market has had on towns of Louisiana's Gulf coast. It focuses on market systems and market liberalization in local communities.bThe general theme of Volume 24 is the impact of, and reaction to, the spread of market systems and market liberalization by local communities. Part I examines cases in which migration has opened new market and entrepreneurial opportunities to local populations. Part II contains cases that describe ethnographically the impacts the oil industry market has had on towns of Louisiana's Gulf coast. The essays of Part III concern themselves with community repercussions that recent neoliberal market policies have had, while Part IV contains papers that analyse the process in which values of products and services are defined economically, culturally and politically in the context of developing markets and commoditization. This book focuses on market systems and market liberalization in local communities. Specific topics addressed include the oil industry and the gulf coast, negotiating values in the market, and many more. The international case examples provide a global perspective.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aPhysical anthropology & ethnography.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aWerner, C.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0190-1281/24zProduct website URL05574cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820017002191000040002362450106002762600055003823000019004373650097004563660075005534400059006285000016006875000052007035052137007555160013028925202094029055380020049996500031050196500036050507000017050867000024051038560061051279781849503402UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503402 :cą64.95  a1849503400 :cą64.95  a0742-3322  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJC2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.40122221 aPorac, Joseph Francis Allen,d1952-10aStrategy processh[electronic resource] /cJoseph F. Porac, Yves L. Doz; Edited by Gabriel Szulanski.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a552 p. :bill.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in strategic management  ;vv. 22,x0742-3322  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312009, 2005.0 aEditors' Introduction. (G. Szulanski, J. Porac, Y. Doz). Cognitive and Emotional Foundations of Strategy Making. An Emotion-based View of Strategic Renewal. (Q. Nguyen Huy). An Attention-Based Theory of Strategy Formulation: Linking Micro and Macro Perspectives in Strategy Processes. (W. Ocasio, J. Joseph). Top Managerial Cognitions, Past Performance, and Strategic Change: A Theoretical Framework. (J. Haleblian, N. Rajagopalan). Sequence of Thinking and Acting in Strategy-Making. (J. Ignacio Canales, (J. Vila). Interorganizational Monitoring: Process, Choices, and Outcomes. (G. Labianca, J.F. Fairbank). Institutional and Resource Foundations of Strategy Making. Adaptive and Creative Strategy Logics in Strategy Processes. (P. Regner). The Development of the Resource-Based Firm Between Value Appropriation and Value Creation. (A. Mocciaro Li Destri, G. Battista Dagnino). Managing the MNC and Exploitation/Exploration Dilemma: From Static Balance to Dynamic Oscillation. (C. Thomas, R. Kaminska-Labbe, B. McKelvey). Contemporary Empirical Studies of Strategy Making. Communication Dissonnance and Pragmatic Failures in Strategic Processes: The Case of Cross-Border Acquisitions. (O. Irrmann). Strategy-Making as a Complex, Double-Loop Process of Knowledge Creation: Four Cases of Established Banks Reinventing the Industry by Means of the Internet. (M.P. Salmador, E. Bueno). Top Managers and the Product Improvement Process. (C. Annique Un, A. Cuervo-Cazurra). Strategy Content and Process in the Context of E-Business Performance. (T.R. Coltman, T.M. Devinney, D.F. Midgley). Emergent Strategies and their Consequences: A Process Study of Competition and Complex Decision-Making. (Q.R. Jett, J.M. George). Meta-Commentaries on Methodologies for Strategy Process Research. Comparative Causal Analysis in Processual Strategy Research: A Study of Causal Methanisms in Organizational Decline and Turnarounds. (K. Pajunen). Future Directions from the Past: Management and Accounting Discourse in Historial Perspective. (L. Zan). Practices of Organizing: Inside and Outside the Processes of Change. (E. Molloy, R. Whittington).  aDocument  aEnduring scholarly interest in the process of strategy making stems from an abiding assumption that some ways of strategizing are more efficacious than others, and thus lead to higher firm performance in the long run; higher than luck alone would bring. This title includes sixteen chapters that represent scholarly strategy process research.bEnduring scholarly interest in the process of strategy making stems from an abiding assumption that some ways of strategizing are more efficacious than others, and thus lead to higher firm performance in the long run; higher than luck alone would bring. Expressions of interest in and endorsements of the strategy process are abundant in the academic literature. For senior managers and leaders, the question of how to make effective strategies stands usually at the top of their agenda. Not surprisingly then, the quest to uncover stable principles of good strategy making has attracted much support and interest over the years. Researchers who responded to the strategy process challenge have known many moments of exhilaration and disillusion. Scholarly insights took long to accumulate, perhaps too long to serve as the sole basis for helping the eager practitioner in search of simpler but applicable advice. As a result, a significant and often highly visible part of the field is characterized by a controversial normative orientation. But beneath this dramatic and unstable facade lies a gradual, patient, and seemingly more stable, hard-at-work, academic enterprise.  Scholarly strategy process research apparently goes on, perhaps more than ever, suggesting that there is something fundamental and deeply interesting and profound about how strategies are made, where they originate in organizations, and how the process of strategy making impacts the performance of organizations. This volume is the culmination of our three year effort to explore and uncover this relatively hidden or at least less visible side of the strategy process field. Taken together, the sixteen chapters represent current scholarly strategy process research.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aBusiness strategy.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aDoz, Yves L.1 aSzulanski, Gabriel.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0742-3322/22zProduct website URL03049cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820015002351000021002502450127002712600055003983000011004533650098004643660075005624400062006375000016006995000052007155160013007675201624007805380020024046500031024246500036024556500036024917000033025277000030025608560061025909781848554696UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848554696 :cą79.95  a1848554699 :cą79.95  a1474-7979  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJS2bicssc 7aKJK2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.842221 aCavusgil, Tamer.10aNew challenges to international marketingh[electronic resource] /cTamer Cavusgil, Rudolf R. Sinkovics, Pervez N. Ghauri.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a432 p.  a02b79.95cGBPd00hS 68.04 17.5 79.95 11.91jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in international marketing  ;vv. 20,x1474-7979  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848554689, 2009.  aDocument  aAddresses the impact on international marketing of major trends in the external and internal environment of a firm. This book combines studies with a small firm perspective and a focus on entrepreneurship. It examines value creation in strategic alliances, and investigate reasons for international joint venture dissolution.bVolume 20 of "Advances in International Marketing", guest-edited by Professors Sinkovics and Ghauri, addresses the impact on international marketing of major trends in the external and internal environment of the firm: technology-enabled international marketing research, environmental degradation, global warming; scarcity of resources, global account management, procurement and international supplier networks, internationalization of small and entrepreneurial firms, outsourcing and off shoring, and reliability and validity issues for construct measurement. The volume is organized in four sections. Section one presents a selection of papers that focus on the internationalization process of the firm. Section two combines studies with a small firm perspective and a focus on entrepreneurship. In the section on collaborative relationships, three studies examine value creation in strategic alliances, investigate reasons for international joint venture dissolution and offer a conceptual contribution on diversification - whether diversification results in a firm's value premium or a firm's value discount. The final section is devoted to methodological advancements.  This section provides excellent examples of methodological challenges faced by today's scholars and managers alike.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aSales & marketing.2bicssc 7aInternational business.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aSinkovics, Rudolf R.,d1966-1 aGhauri, Pervez N.,d1948-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1474-7979/20zProduct website URL02553cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820019002191000025002382450112002632600055003753000019004303650098004493660075005474400050006225000016006725000052006885160013007405201259007535380020020126500026020326500022020587000017020807000021020978560061021189781848551978UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848551978 :cą69.95  a1848551975 :cą69.95  a0731-9053  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCH2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.0151952221 aFouque, Jean-Pierre.10aEconometrics and risk managementh[electronic resource] /cJean-Pierre Fouque, Knut Solna, Thomas B. Fomby.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a328 p. :bill.  a02b69.95cGBPd00hS 59.53 17.5 69.95 10.42jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in econometrics ;vv. 22,x0731-9053  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848551961, 2008.  aDocument  aDevelopments in financial markets show that appropriate modeling and quantification of credit risk is fundamental in the context of modern complex structured financial products. This title helps readers find several points of view on credit risk when looked at from the perspective of Econometrics and Financial Mathematics.bThe main theme of this volume is credit risk and credit derivatives. Recent developments in financial markets show that appropriate modeling and quantification of credit risk is fundamental in the context of modern complex structured financial products. The reader will find several points of view on credit risk when looked at from the perspective of Econometrics and Financial Mathematics. The volume consists of eleven contributions by both practitioners and theoreticians with expertise in financial markets, in general, and econometrics and mathematical finance in particular. The challenge of modeling defaults and their correlations is addressed, and new results on copula, reduced form and structural models, and the top-down approach are presented. After the so-called subprime crisis that hit global markets in the summer of 2007, the volume is very timely and will be useful to researchers in the area of credit risk.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconometrics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSolna, Knut.1 aFomby, Thomas B.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0731-9053/22zProduct website URL03224cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720017002040720015002210820015002362450066002512600055003173000011003723650098003833660075004814400088005565000016006445000052006605160013007125201913007255380020026386500040026586500043026986500029027417000020027708560060027909781849501453UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501453 :cą69.95  a1849501459 :cą69.95  a1479-3601  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aUYZ2bicssc 7aTJFM2bicssc 7aCOM2eflch04a620.8222210aAutomationh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Eduardo Salas.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a250 p.  a02b69.95cGBPd00hS 59.53 17.5 69.95 10.42jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in human performance & cognitive engineering research  ;vv. 2,x1479-3601  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762308644, 2002.  aDocument  aExplores some of the key human performance issues facing organizations as they implement or manage automated systems. This volume deals with a range of topics, from how to design optional use, avoiding misuse, to creating training strategies for automated systems.bWe live in an ever complex, dynamic and technological-based world. A world where industries, businesses and agencies rely ever increasingly on automated systems to maintain efficiency, increase productivity, minimize human error or gain a competitive edge. Moreover, automation is now seen by many organizations as the solution to human performance problems. These organizations continue to invest significant resources to implement automated systems wherever possible and there is no doubt that automation has helped such organizations manage their sophisticated, information-rich environments, where humans have limited capabilities. Therefore, automation has helped to improve industrial and commercial progress to the extent that organizations now depend upon it for their own benefit. However, new and unresolved problems have arisen as more individuals, groups and teams interact with automated systems. Hence, the need and motivation of this volume. The chapters contained in this volume explore some of the key human performance issues facing organizations as they implement or manage automated systems.  Dealing with a range of topics, from how to design optional use, avoiding misuse, to creating training strategies for automated systems, this volume also explores which theories may help us understand automation better and what research needs to be conducted. This publication attempts to illustrate how human performance research on automation can help organizations design better systems and also hopes to motivate more theoretically-based but practically-relevant research in the technological-based world of the 21st century.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aHuman-computer interaction.2bicssc 7aAutomatic control engineering.2bicssc 7aComputers and IT.2eflch1 aSalas, Eduardo.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-3601/2zProduct website URL03151cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720022001880720015002100820021002251000019002462450134002652600055003993000011004543650096004653650125005613660075006863660078007614400069008395000016009085000052009245160013009765201538009895380020025276500075025476500036026227000023026588560084026819781848552531UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848552531 :cą85.00  a184855253X :cą85.00  a1479-3563  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJRx1QFG2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.400917242221 aUddin, Shazad.10aCorporate governance in less developed and emerging economiesh[electronic resource] /cShazad Uddin; Edited by Matthew Tsamenyi.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a352 p.  a02b85.00cGBPd00hZ 85.00 0.0 85.00 0.00jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  a02b160.00cUSDd00eLocal taxes may applyhZ 160.00 0.0 160.00 0.00jUSkxxumEmerald Group Publishing Limited2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB  b20090101cIP 20090922jUSkxxumEmerald Group Publishing Limited2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in accounting in emerging economies ;vv. 8,x1479-3563  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848552524, 2008.  aDocument  aEconomic development requires a modern, transparent corporate governance infrastructure based on efficient capital markets. This title argues that a well-developed corporate governance structure, including accounting infrastructure, would promote economic prosperity.b"Research on accounting in LDCs" argues that a well-developed corporate governance structure, including accounting infrastructure, would promote economic prosperity. Economic development requires a modern, transparent corporate governance infrastructure based on efficient capital markets. Over the past decade corporate governance reform has become an important global policy agenda driven by events such as the 1997 Asian financial crisis, major corporate scandals (such as Enron and WorldCom) and the globalisation of capital markets. In several less developed and emerging economies corporate governance reform is also driven by the adoption of international donor led economic reforms. This in particular has made corporate governance reform an essential element of the development agenda promoted by the World Bank. The papers in the volume have provided wide ranging empirical and theoretical issues that will have policy implications and also generate future academic debates. Overall, the volume advances debate on corporate governance, accountability and transparency in less developed and emerging economies.  We believe the audience will find the papers interesting and insightful in terms of theoretical development, practices and policy implications.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aCorporate governance & responsibilitieszDeveloping countries.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aTsamenyi, Matthew.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-3563/8uwww.emeraldinsight.comzProduct website URL02544cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040720015002190820015002341000022002492450117002712600055003883000019004433650098004623660075005604400068006355000016007035000052007195050912007715160013016835200223016965380020019196500047019396500038019866500036020247000025020608560061020859781849500425UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849500425 :cą71.95  a1849500428 :cą71.95  a0733-558X  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJU2bicssc 7aJH2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a302.352221 aLawler, Edward J.10aOrganizational politics.nv.17h[electronic resource] /cEdward J. Lawler; Series edited by Samuel B. Bacharach.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a354 p. :bill.  a02b71.95cGBPd00hS 61.23 17.5 71.95 10.72jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the sociology of organizations ;vv. 17,x0733-558X  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762306329, 2000.0 aList of the contributors. Preface. General principles that explain the political problems of youth service organizations (S.M. Dornbusch et al.). Political paranoia in organizations: antecedents and consequences (R.M. Kramer). Organizational politics: the nature of the relationship between politics perceptions and political behavior (G.R. Ferris et al.). Power, influence, and legitimacy in organizations: implications of three theoretical research programs (R. Bell et al.). Legitimacy processes as institutional politics: implications for theory and research in the sociology of organizations (R. Stryker). Social networks and interorganizational relations: an illustration and adaptation of a micro-level model of political decision making (M.S. Mizruchi, B.B. Potts). Logics of transaction and regime change in the capital markets: from social to financial accountability (S.B. Bacharach, B. Mundell).  aDocument  aA work on organizational politics that is part of a series that considers the theoretical, methodological and research issues relevant to organizational sociology. It emphasizes micro and macro sociological approaches.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aSociology & anthropology.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aBacharach, Samuel B.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0733-558X/17zProduct website URL01994cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820014002352450130002492600055003793000011004343650100004453660078005454400058006235000016006815160013006975200711007105380020014216500024014416500028014656500030014936500022015237000021015457000021015667000021015879781848557871UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090716e200910uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848557871 :cą64.95  a1848557876 :cą64.95  a1049-2585  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCB2bicssc 7aKCF2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a339.222210aOccupational and residential segregationh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Jacques Silber, Yves Fluckiger, Sean F. Reardon.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a288 p.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2onix-pt  b20091017cIP 20091016jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2UK-WkNB 0aResearch on economic inequality  ;vv. 17,x1049-2585  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aDivided into five parts, this title covers such topics as - information theory and segregation measurement; the Gini index and the measurement of segregation; measuring segregation with ordered categories; exploring changes in segregation; and, wage inequality and segregation.bThis volume is divided into five parts, each one including two chapters. Part I is devoted to 'Information Theory and Segregation Measurement', part II to 'The Gini Index and the Measurement of Segregation', part III to 'Measuring Segregation with Ordered Categories', part IV to 'Exploring Changes in Segregation' and part V to 'Wage Inequality and Segregation'. Let us now review into more details each of these ten chapters.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 0aEconomicsxHistory. 7aMacroeconomics.2bicssc 7aLabour economics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSilber, Jacques.1 aFluckiger, Yves.1 aReardon, Sean F.03647cam  22004452a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720016002030720015002190720015002340720015002490820012002641000022002762450129002982600055004273000019004823650098005013660075005994400056006745000016007305000052007465050560007985160013013585201560013715380020029316500023029516500047029746500031030216500044030526500022030967000022031188560061031409781849504430UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504430 :cą70.95  a1849504431 :cą70.95  a0193-5895  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKC2bicssc 7aLAB2bicssc 7aLB2bicssc 7aLN2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a3302221 aKirkwood, John B.10aResearch in law and economicsh[electronic resource] ;bA journal of policy /cJohn B. Kirkwood; Edited by Richard O. Zerbe.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a270 p. :bill.  a02b70.95cGBPd00hS 60.38 17.5 70.95 10.57jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in law and economics  ;vv. 22,x0193-5895  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313488, 2007.0 aLays vs. Wages: Contracting in The Klondike Gold Rush Buyer Power: Economic Theory and Antitrust Policy Generalized Critical Loss for Market Definition Price-Fixing Overcharges: Legal and Economic Evidence Predatory Price Cutting and Standard Oil: A Re-Examination of the Trial Record On the optimal negligence standard in tort law when one party is a long-run and the other a short run player Should Victims of Exposure to a Toxic Substance Have an Independent Claim for Medical Monitoring? Market Concentration, Multi-Market Participation and Antitrust.  aDocument  aIncludes chapters that examine a topic in law and economics. This title models the price effects of mergers that not only increase concentration in the relevant market but also increase the merged firms' participation in other, complementary markets. It develops a method for calculating critical loss in markets that are relatively homogenous.bWritten by leading experts in the field, each chapter in this book examines in depth a topic in law and economics. John Connor begins by describing and evaluating the results of his extensive survey of reports of cartel overcharges. Dennis Weisman models the price effects of mergers that not only increase concentration in the relevant market but also increase the merged firms' participation in other, complementary markets. Malcolm Coate and Mark Williams develop a superior method for calculating critical loss in markets that are relatively homogenous and competitive premerger. Zhiqi Chen surveys recent developments in economic theories of buyer power and creates a general framework for antitrust analysis. Finally Thomas J. Miceli and Kathern Segerson, given the difficulty of collecting damages after a long latency period, examine the desirability of granting toxic exposure victims an independent cause of action for medical monitoring at the time of exposure.  They show that such a cause of action increase incentives for injurer care but only at the cost of greater litigation cost and the reluctance of courts to adopt such a proposed cause of action reflect their awareness of this trade-off.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aJurisprudence & philosophy of law.2bicssc 7aInternational law.2bicssc 7aLaws of Specific jurisdictions.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aZerbe, Richard O.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0193-5895/22zProduct website URL04303cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820014002191000024002332450126002572600055003833000011004383650098004493660075005474400055006225000016006775000052006935050866007455160013016115202109016245380020037336500030037536500022037837000031038057000020038368560061038569781849501941UK-WkNB20100216000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501941 :cą74.95  a1849501947 :cą74.95  a0363-3268  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCZ2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.92221 aField, Alexander J.10aResearch in economic historyh[electronic resource] /cAlexander J. Field, William A. Sundstrom; Edited by Gregory Clark.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a418 p.  a02b74.95cGBPd00hS 63.79 17.5 74.95 11.16jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in economic history  ;vv. 21,x0363-3268  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762309931, 2003.0 aList of contributors. Introduction (A.J. Field). Made in Germany: The German currency crisis of July 1931 (T. Ferguson, P. Temin). The household balance sheet, credit, and uncertainty at the onset of the great depression in the USA (D. Greasley, J.M. Madsen.) Coping with financial catastrophe: The San Francisco clearinghouse during the earthquake of 1906 (R.J. Phillips). Can incomes policies reduce real wages? Micro-Evidence from the 1931 Australian award wage cut (A.J. Seltzer). Decaying at the core: Urban decline in Cleveland, 1915-1980 (F.H. Smith). Wage-Stickiness, Monetary changes, and real incomes in late medieval England and the low countries, 1300-1450: Did money really matter? (J.H. Munro). What protected peasants best? (G. Richardson). The Hesse-Cassel emigrants: A new sample of transatlantic emigrants linked to their origins (S.A. Wegge).  aDocument  aContains papers that deal with urban economic history and wage stickiness in different countries, addressing labor markets several centuries apart.bVolume 21 of "Research in Economic History" is a substantial contribution in several respects. Its heft reflects the continuing increase in quality submissions to this series, which invites (although it does not require) authors to take advantage of less stringent space limitations than is typically true in a journal article. The papers offer regional diversity: two papers with principal focus on England, one on Germany, one on Australia, and three on the United States. There are some commonalities in themes: we have three papers on 1931, three papers that have something to do with banks, two on urban economic history, and two on wage stickiness, albeit in different countries and addressing labor markets several centuries apart. What can be said of all of these inquiries, however, is that each involves the careful consideration of quantitative and qualitative data within a well articulated theoretical framework. And in almost every case, we have original analysis of primary source material. It's a pleasure in this volume to publish work of scholars at all stages of their careers. We have contributions ranging from those of recently minted Ph.Ds to those of distinguished senior scholars.  Each of these articles is written with care, polish, and often passion. Academic disciplines flourish - and economic history is no exception - when scholars immerse themselves in their subjects and combine this with commitments to logic and evidence, detail, and clarity of exposition. The consequences are the fascinating papers and great scholarship evident here. We look forward to continuing to publish innovative, well written and carefully considered contributions to economic history, providing a niche which complements outlets such as the "Journal of Economic History", "Explorations in Economic History", and the "Economic History Review". Potential contributors are urged to contact the editor for information on submission requirements.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomic history.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSundstrom, William Andrew.1 aClark, Gregory.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0363-3268/21zProduct website URL04258cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720019001880720015002070820021002222450127002432600055003703000011004253650097004363660075005334400054006085000016006625000052006785050634007305160013013645202363013775380020037406500031037606500022037917000022038138560061038359781849504423UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504423 :cą62.95  a1849504423 :cą62.95  a0147-9121  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCx1D2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a338.9401519522210aMicro-simulation in actionh[electronic resource] ;bPolicy analysis in Europe using EUROMOD /cEdited by Olivier Bargain.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a228 p.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in labor economics  ;vv. 25,x0147-9121  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313471, 2006.0 aPREFACE FOREWORD A SHORT INTRODUCTION TO EUROMOD, AN INTEGRATED EUROPEAN TAX-BENEFIT MODEL PENSION INCOMES IN THE EUROPEAN UNION: POLICY REFORM STRATEGIES IN COMPARATIVE PERSPECTIVE THE DISTRIBUTIONAL EFFECTS OF TAXES ON PENSIONS AND UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS IN THE EU-15 FAMILY TRANSFERS AND CHILD POVERTY IN GREECE, ITALY, SPAIN AND PORTUGAL ASSESSING THE IMPACT OF TAX-TRANSFER POLICY CHANGES ON POVERTY: METHODOLOGICAL ISSUES AND SOME EUROPEAN EVIDENCE FISCAL DRAG: AN AUTOMATIC STABILISER? BEANS FOR BREAKFAST? HOW EXPORTABLE IS THE BRITISH WORKFARE MODEL? EFFECTIVE MARGINAL TAX RATES AND REVEALED SOCIAL PREFERENCES IN SPAIN.  aDocument  aMicrosimulation allows computing the whole set of taxes and benefits of a country and the resulting budget constraint for each household of a representative dataset. This title contains eight contributions aimed to advance policy analysis using the European tax-benefit micro-simulation model, EUROMOD.bThis volume contains eight contributions aimed to advance policy analysis using the European tax-benefit micro-simulation model, EUROMOD. Microsimulation allows computing the whole set of taxes and benefits of a country and the resulting budget constraint for each household of a representative dataset. Thus, it can be used to evaluate how existing fiscal policies alter inequality, poverty and the overall income distribution. In addition, the simulation of financial incentives considerably improves the econometric estimations of labor supply behaviors, fertility choices, and marital decisions, thereby allowing better prediction to policy changes. EUROMOD goes once step further in the process of helping policy design: based on homogenized datasets and harmonized definitions of tax-benefit instruments, it allows to perform comprehensive international comparisons of EU-15 countries and to evaluate the optimality of tax-benefit policies. For instance, one can assess the effect of a common reform in particular institutional settings or the transmission of a tax-benefit system from one country to another.  After an introductory chapter that present the history and the scope of the EUROMOD project, seven chapters on different policy issues follow. Among the discussed themes are: the relevance of the British tax credit to encourage female employment in continental Europe, the impact of hypothetical child benefits on child poverty in Southern Europe, the variety of effects of the same standard pension reform once implemented in different European countries, the role of the fiscal drag as an automatic stabilizer and its effect on labor costs, the revelation of social preferences from actual implicit tax rates. It aims to advance policy analysis using the European Tax-benefit Model. It evaluates how existing fiscal policies alter inequality, poverty and the overall income distribution. It investigates how financial incentives considerably improve the econometric estimations of labor supply behaviors, fertility and matrial choices.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomicszEurope.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aBargain, Olivier.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0147-9121/25zProduct website URL03714cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820014002191000022002332450104002552500020003592600055003793000019004343650097004533660075005504400055006255000016006805000052006965051420007485160013021685200962021815380020031436500048031636500036032117000021032478560060032689781849501460UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501460 :cą64.95  a1849501467 :cą64.95  a1535-1203  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJM2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.42221 aDorfman, Peter W.10aAdvances in global leadershiph[electronic resource] /cPeter W. Dorfman; Edited by William Mobley.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a424 p. :bill.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in global leadership  ;vv. 3,x1535-1203  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762308668, 2003.0 aPart 1 Foundations of global leadership: introduction, P.W. Dorfman-- strategic leadership in global business organizations - building trust and social capital, M.A. Hitt et al-- issue leadership theory and its implications to global settings, K. Baik-- global talentship - toward a decision science connecting talent to strategic business success, J.W. Boudreau et al-- competence not competencies, G.P. Hollenbeck, M.W. McCall, Jr.-- Part 2 Cross cultural perspectives: introduction, P.W. Dorfman-- influence tactics across 12 cultures, J.C. Kennedy et al-- cultural adaptability and leading across cultures, J.J. Deal et al-- leaders' sources of guidance and the challenge of working across cultures, P.B. Smith-- the Chinese leadership theory, Wenquan Ling, Liluo Fang-- corporate culture and organizational effectiveness - is there a similar pattern around the world?, D.R. Denison et al.-- Part 3 Processes, practice and developing global leaders: introduction, W.H. Mobley-- strategic management of global leadership talent, E.B. Sloan et al-- creating and sustaining balance in global businesses - a practitioner view, J. Hofmeister, S. Parker-- influence at a distance: leadership in global virtual teams, D.D. Davis, J. Bryant-- developing global managers - integrating theory, behavior, data and performance, J.J. Distefano, M.L. Maznevski-- leadership development in Asia - a personal view, L.E. Laddin.  aDocument  aThe rapid globalization of the economy places business leaders in new and demanding international settings and requires them to work across cultures. This volume presents papers on the psychology of global leadership and the development of international and global leaders.bThe global shortage of effective business leaders makes urgent the search for new insights about the nature of global leadership and the best means of developing such leaders. This text is a response to this urgent need. The rapid globalization of the economy places business leaders in new and demanding international settings and requires them to work across cultures. Volume 3 of "Advances in Global Leadership" presents original papers on the psychology of global leadership and the development of international and global leaders. Chapters are authored by academics, business leaders and consultants throughout the world who bring their various insights into global leadership.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aManagement & management techniques.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aMobley, William.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1535-1203/3zProduct website URL03206cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720015002050820012002201000022002322450114002542600055003683000011004233650097004343660075005314400071006065000016006775000052006935050226007455160013009715201687009845380020026716500034026916500021027257000025027468560061027719781849503051UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503051 :cą64.95  a1849503052 :cą64.95  a0742-6186  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKNXB2bicssc 7aIND2eflch04a3312221 aKaufman, Bruce E.10aAdvances in industrial and labor relationsh[electronic resource] /cBruce E. Kaufman; Edited by David Lewin.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a286 p.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in industrial and labor regulations  ;vv. 13,x0742-6186  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762311521, 2004.0 aOntario Certification. Nonunion Grievance Procedure. Labor's Last Stand in National Politics. Japanese and HR Executive Influence. Alternative Staffing Arrangements. Labor-Management Partnerships. Transfer of Ideas in IR.  aDocument  aContains papers dealing with European responses to high unemployment rates; the effects of alternative types of staffing arrangements; the adoption and use of alternative dispute resolution procedures in the nonunion workplace; and the implications of organizational ombuds arrangements for voice, conflict resolution and fairness at work.b"Advances in Industrial and Labor Relations" (AILR) continues to receive high quality submitted manuscripts and to publish the best among these, as determined by double blind anonymous refereeing. Volume 13 of "AILR" contains eight papers dealing, respectively, with European responses to high unemployment rates; the effects of alternative types of staffing arrangements; the adoption and use of alternative dispute resolution procedures in the nonunion workplace; the implications of organizational ombuds arrangements for voice, conflict resolution and fairness at work; building and sustaining labor-management partnerships; union and employer tactics in Ontario, Canada organizing campaigns; the late 20th century campaign for U.S. striker replacement legislation; and the development over a quarter-century of Australian industrial relations thought. It is no accident that the research settings for the papers contained in this volume include North America, Europe and the Pacific Rim. "AILR" has long encouraged manuscript submissions from researchers worldwide, and seeks to publish articles that expand theoretical and empirical industrial relations knowledge beyond that obtained from U.S. settings and data sources.  Taken as a set, the eight papers contained in Volume 13 of "AILR" clearly reflect achievement of this objective.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aIndustrial relations.2bicssc 7aIndustry.2eflch1 aLewin, David,d1943-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0742-6186/13zProduct website URL02701cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720018001880720015002060820018002211000021002392450123002602600055003833000019004383650097004573660075005544400077006295000016007065000052007225050877007745160013016515200476016645380020021406500052021606500036022127000018022488560061022669781849501842UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501842 :cą61.95  a184950184X :cą61.95  a0742-7301  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJMV22bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.300722221 aMartocchio, J.J.10aResearch in personnel and human resources managementh[electronic resource] /cJ.J. Martocchio; Edited by Gina Ferris.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a390 p. :bill.  a02b61.95cGBPd00hS 52.72 17.5 61.95 9.23jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in personnel & human resources management  ;vv. 21,x0742-7301  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762309733, 2002.0 aOverview, G.R. Ferris, J.J. Martocchio-- Personality research in the organizational sciences, P.L. Perrewe, P. Spector-- Social influence processes in organizations and human resources systems, G.R. Ferris et al.-- Mentoring - what we know and where we might go, R.A. Noe-- Hierarchical team decision making, S.E. Humphrey et al.-- Information technology and human resources management - harnessing the power and potential of Netcentricity, K.M. Bartol, Wei Liu-- Knowledge management in global organizations - implications for international human resource management, R.S. Bhagat et al.-- Cross-cultural differences in responses to feedback - implications for individual, group and organizational effectiveness, E.F. Stone-Romero, D.L. Stone-- Strategies for detecting moderator variables - a review of conceptual and empirical issues, E.F. Stone-Romero, D. Liakhovitski.  aDocument  aContains eight papers on critical issues in the field of human resources management.bThis series publishes monograph-length conceptual papers designed to promote theory and research on important substantive and methodological topics in the field of human resources management. Volume 21 contains eight papers on critical issues in the field of human resources management, thus continuing the tradition of the series to develop a more informed understanding of the field.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aPersonnel & human resources management.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aFerris, Gina.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0742-7301/21zProduct website URL04829cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720020001880720015002080820012002231000019002352450159002542600055004133000019004683650098004873660075005854400054006605000016007145000052007305052142007825160013029245201352029375380020042896500029043096500035043387000022043738560060043959781849503815UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503815 :cą77.95  a1849503818 :cą77.95  a1569-3767  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFFx1D2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a3322221 aKearney, Colm.10aEmerging European financial marketsh[electronic resource] ;bIndependence and integration post-enlargement /cColm Kearney; Edited by Jonathan A. Batten.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a524 p. :bill.  a02b77.95cGBPd00hS 66.34 17.5 77.95 11.61jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aInternational finance review  ;vv. 6,x1569-3767  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312641, 2006.0 a1. Emerging European financial Markets: independence and integration post-enlargement (J.A. Batten, C. Kearney).-- 2. Fiscal policy surveillance in the enlarged European Union: procedural checks or simple arithmetic? (N. Groenendijk).-- 3. The impact of fiscal policy on risk premia in Central and Eastern European countries (D. Grigonyte).-- 4. Monetary policy operational frameworks compared: the euro area vs Non-Euro Area Countries (O.Mastroeni).-- 5. What Accession Countries need to know about the ECB: A comparative analysis of the independence of the ECB, the Bundesbank and the Reichsbank (R. A. Werner).-- 6. A comparative study of bank bfficiency in Central and Eastern Europe: The role of foreign ownership (P. Zajc).-- 7. A comparative study of banks balance sheets in the EU, New EU member states and European transition economies, 1995-2003 (I. Naaborg, B. Scholtens).-- 8. Governance by supranational interdependence: domestic policy change in the Turkish financial services industry (C. Bakir).-- 9. The development of financial derivatives markets in an expanded EU (J. Chi, M. Young).-- 10. Financial liberalization and business cycles: the experience of the New EU member states (L. Vinhas de Souza).-- 11. Common factors in eEuro-denominated emerging market bond spreads (P. McGuire, M.Schrijvers).-- 12. Romanian financial markets (M.Skully, K.Brown).-- 13. Conditional contemporaneous correlations among European emerging markets (S. Pynnonen).-- 14. The links between Central, East European and Western security markets (R.Kouwenberg, A. Mentink).-- 15. The 1Linkages between emerging European and developed stock markets before and after the Russian crisis of 1997-1998 (B. Lucey, S.Voronkova).-- 16. Trading versus non-trading returns: evidence from Russia and the U.K (N. Wagner, U. Ben-Zion).-- 17. Foreign direct investment in emerging and transition European countries (S.Globerman, D. Shapiro, Y. Tang).-- 18. Foreign direct investment, stock ex change development and economic growth in Central and Eastern European (Y. Akbar, H.Elms, T. Dhakar).-- 19. The impact of EU enlargement on FDI flows (K. Kalot.  aDocument  aOffers a perspective on the nature and complex problems associated with financial market development in the European economies and their relationships with the EU in the post-EU enlargement environment. This volume focuses on the important implications for fiscal policy. It also examines developments in equity market integration.bThis volume is concerned with contributing to the growing body of literature that examines the extent of, and the implications of enhanced independence and integration that will result from the recent EU enlargement for the development of emerging European financial markets. The objective is to provide a perspective on the nature and complex problems associated with financial market development in the emerging European economies and their relationships with the EU (and other major regions) in the post-EU enlargement environment. The volume is divided into five parts. Part A focuses on the important implications for fiscal policy, part B deals with monetary policy and banking, part C explores issues concerned with financial innovation and liberalization, part D examines recent developments in equity market integration, and part E looks at the implications. It fills a substantial gap in this field. Broad in scope, it serves as an invaluable reference for those interested in European Financial Markets.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aFinancezEurope.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aBatten, Jonathan.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1569-3767/6zProduct website URL03290cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720016002030720015002190820016002341000025002502450126002752600055004013000019004563650098004753660075005734400083006485000016007315000052007475050868007995160013016675201011016805380020026916500040027116500027027516500023027787000031028018560060028329781849501187UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501187 :cą72.95  a1849501181 :cą72.95  a0737-1071  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aTB2bicssc 7aTCB2bicssc 7aTEC2eflch04a338.0642221 aBurgelman, Robert A.10aComparative studies of technological evolutionh[electronic resource] /cRobert A. Burgelman; Edited by Henry Chesbrough.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a280 p. :bill.  a02b72.95cGBPd00hS 62.09 17.5 72.95 10.86jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch on technological innovation, management & policy  ;vv. 7,x0737-1071  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762308118, 2001.0 aIntroduction (H. Chesbrough, R.A.Burgelman).-- Part 1: Assembling the elephant: A review of empirical studies on the impact of technical change upon incumbent firms (H. Chesbrough).-- Part 2: Two best ways? Institutions and the evolution of the US and Japanese semi-conductor industries (J. West).-- Part 3: Mobility of engineers and cross border knowledge building (J.Y. Song, P. Almeida, G. Wu).-- Part 4: Change or Die-- The Adoption of Bio-technology in the Japanese and US pharmaceutical industries (M. Darby, L. Zucker).-- Part 5: Technological distance spatial distance and sources of knowledge-- New entrants in new biotechnology (M. Lynskey).-- Part 6: US Japan patent systems (M. Sakakibara).-- Part 7: Comparing catalysts of change-- evolution and institutional differences in the venture capital industries in the US, Japan and Germany (W. Kuemmerle).  aDocument  aOffers a collection of cross-country analysis of innovation, showing that the effects of innovation upon firms vary from one country to another. Examining institutions such as patent systems and venture capital, this book takes issue with predictions of convergence, and demonstrates the multiple paths that technologies and innovations can follow.bThis volume provides a collection of cross-country analysis of innovation, showing that the effects of innovation upon firms vary from one country to another. Incumbents perish in one country, while they thrive in the same industry in another country. Startups thrive in response to new technological breakthroughs in one country and struggle in another country. Drawing upon studies of semiconductors, disk drives and biotechnology, and examining institutions such as patent systems and venture capital, this volume takes issue with predictions of convergence, and convincingly demonstrates the multiple paths that technologies and innovations can follow.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aTechnology: general issues.2bicssc 7aBiotechnology.2bicssc 7aTechnology.2eflch1 aChesbrough, Henry William.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0737-1071/7zProduct website URL03432cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820015002191000021002342450135002552600055003903000019004453650098004643660075005624400055006375000016006925000052007085050491007605160013012515201607012645380020028716500047028916500036029387000024029748560060029989781849502696UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502696 :cą71.95  a1849502692 :cą71.95  a1475-9144  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJU2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a302.352221 aDansereau, Fred.10aMulti-level issues in organizational behavior and processesh[electronic resource] /cFred Dansereau; Edited by Francis Yammarino.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a468 p. :bill.  a02b71.95cGBPd00hS 61.23 17.5 71.95 10.72jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in multi-level issues ;vv. 3,x1475-9144  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762311064, 2005.0 aOverview: Multi-Level Issues in Organizational Behavior And Processes. Part-Time Work-- Understanding Part-Time Work Arrangements: A Multilevel Perspective-- Trustcapes and Distrustscapes: A Multi-Level Approach for Understanding Stability and Change-- Diversity and Demography in Organizations: A Levels of Analysis Review of the Literature-- Construct Validation A Framework for Conducting Multilevel Construct Validation-- The Process Approach to Multi-Level Organizational Behavior.  aDocument  aPart of annual series "Research in Multi-Level Issues", this book presents a discussion of multi-level problems and solutions across a variety of fields of study. It contains five essays with commentaries and rebuttals that cover a range of topics in the realms of organizational behavior and processes.b"Multi-Level Issues in Organizational Behavior and Processes" is Volume 3 of "Research in Multi-Level Issues", an annual series that provides an outlet for the discussion of multi-level problems and solutions across a variety of fields of study. Using a scientific debate format of a key scholarly essay followed by two commentaries and a rebuttal, we present, in this series, theoretical work, significant empirical studies, methodological developments, analytical techniques, and philosophical treatments to advance the field of multi-level studies, regardless of disciplinary perspective. Similar to Volumes 1 and 2, this volume, Volume 3, contains five major essays with commentaries and rebuttals that cover a range of topics, but in the realms of organizational behavior and processes. In particular, the five critical essays offer extensive literature reviews, new model developments, methodological advancements, and some empirical data for the study of part-time work, trust, diversity, construct validation, and organizational processes.  While each of the major essays, and associated commentaries and rebuttals, is unique in orientation, they show a common bond in raising and addressing multi-level issues or discussing problems and solutions that involve multiple levels of analysis.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aYammarino, Francis.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1475-9144/3zProduct website URL04224cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720021001880720015002090820014002241000021002382450150002592600055004093000019004643650097004833660075005804400081006555000016007365000052007525050779008045160013015835202099015965380020036956500035037156500020037507000019037708560061037899781849504560UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504560 :cą62.95  a1849504563 :cą62.95  a1569-3759  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aJFFSx1D2bicssc 7aSOC2eflch04a337.42221 aBarkey, Henri J.10aEuropean responses to globalizationh[electronic resource] ;bResistance, adaptation and alternatives /cHenri J. Barkey; Edited by Janet Laible.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a252 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aContemporary studies in economic and financial analysis ;vv. 88,x1569-3759  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313648, 2006.0 aAcknowledgements Introduction-- Chapter 1: Europes Cautious Globalization-- Chapter 2: Can the European Union Control the Agenda of Globalization?-- Chapter 3: Who Steers the Field of Consumer Protection and Environmental Regulations? An American-European Comparison-- Chapter 4: Global Markets, Global Corporations: How European Competition Policy Responds to Globalization-- Chapter 5: Europe: Space, Territory and Identity-- Chapter 6: Against Domestic Violence: The Interaction of Global Networks with Local Activism in Central Europe-- Chapter 7: Watery Spaces, Globalizing Places: Ownership and Access in Post-socialist Croatia-- Chapter 8: The World Trading System: In the Fog of Uncertainty-- Chapter 9: Globalisation v. Development: is there a European Perspective?  aDocument  aExplores the institutional, economic and ideational factors that shape the ways in which Europe has adapted to, resisted, and creatively responded to the challenges of globalization. This book also reveals strategies adopted by European political actors in their efforts to respond to globalization.bThis volume brings together contributions from anthropologists, political scientists, economics and policy professionals to explore the institutional, economic and ideational factors that shape the ways in which Europe has adapted to, resisted, and creatively responded to the challenges of globalization. Contributors to this volume were asked to consider the extent to which globalization is driving policy-making in contemporary Europe, and the extent to which Europe itself is influencing the shape, quality and velocity of globalization. Discussions in this volume reveal three main strategies adopted by European political actors in their efforts to respond to globalization: resistance, adaptation (and at times the mutual adaptation between the European and global environments), and the production of alternatives to global norms and practices.  Yet, while politicians and citizens may call for European responses to globalization, the contributors to this volume suggest that Europe and globalization already exist in a relationship of reciprocal causality, in which European responses have provoked and will continue to provoke transformations of globalized forces, and that such responses feed back intentionally and unintentionally into domestic politics, economics and culture in Europe. This volume thus makes a provocative and innovative contribution to current academic literatures on globalization across the domains of social science. The contributors come from a variety of backgrounds to give this volume an inter-disciplinary approach. The discussions reveal European strategies to respond to globalization and an analysis of these solutions. This book is an excellent resource for any researcher interested in examining the relationship between Europe and globalization.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aGlobalizationzEurope.2bicssc 7aSociety.2eflch1 aLaible, Janet.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1569-3759/88zProduct website URL05309cam  22004092a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720016002200720015002360820014002512450101002652600055003663000019004213650098004403660075005384400060006135000016006735000052006895051854007415160013025955202075026085380020046836500023047036500026047266500051047526500020048037000015048238560061048389781849502559UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502559 :cą80.95  a1849502552 :cą80.95  a0190-1281  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aJHB2bicssc 7aJHM2bicssc 7aRNT2bicssc 7aSOC2eflch04a304.222210aSocioeconomic aspects of human behavioral ecologyh[electronic resource] /cEdited by M. Alvard.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a412 p. :bill.  a02b80.95cGBPd00hS 68.89 17.5 80.95 12.06jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in economic anthropology  ;vv. 23,x0190-1281  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310821, 2004.0 a1. Good lamalera whale hunters accrue reproductive benefits (M.S. Alvard).-- 2. Why do foragers share and shares forage? Explorations of social dimensions of foraging (M. Gurven, K. Hill, F. Jakugi).-- 3. Reconsidering the cost of childbearing: The timing of childrens helping behavior across the life cycle of Maya families (K.L. Kramer).-- 4. Burden transport: When, how and how much? (P.A. Kramer).-- 5. Do women really need marital partners for support of their reproductive success? The case of the Matrilineal Khasi of N.E. India (D.L. Leonettia, D.C. Nath, N.S. Hemam, D.B. Neil).-- 6. Maternal nutrition and sex ratio at birth in Ethiopia (R. Mace, J. Eardley).-- 7. What explains Hadza food sharing? (F.W. Marlowe).-- 8. Large-scale cooperation among Sungusungu Vigilantes of Tanzania: Conceptualizing micro-economic and institutional approaches (B. Paciotti, C. Hadley).-- 9. The behavioral ecology of female genital cutting in Northern Ghana (L.L. Reason).-- 10. Maintaining the matriline: Childrens birth order roles and educational attainment among Thai Khon Muang (L.R. Taylor).-- 11. Embodied capital and heritable wealth in complex cultures: A class-based analysis of parental investment in urban South India (M.K. Shenk).-- 12. Height, marriage and reproductive success in Gambian women (R. Sear, R. Mace, N. Allal, I.A. McGregor).-- 13. Risk perception and resource security for female agricultural workers (K. Snyder).-- 14. Ideology, religion, and the evolution of cooperation: Field experiments on Israeli Kibbutzim (R. Sosis, B.J. Ruffle).-- 15. Does the occurrence and duration of health insults among Shiwiar Forager-Horticulturalists indicate that health care provisioning reduces juvenile mortality? (L.S. Sugiyama).-- 16. Giving, scrounging, hiding, and selling: Minimal food sharing among Mikea of Madagascar (B. Tucker).  aDocument  aAs a field, anthropology brings an explicit evolutionary approach to the study of human behavior. This work explains human behavior through the application of evolutionary theory in ecological context. It focuses on how behavior is influenced by the constraints of reproduction and resources acquisition.bAs a field, anthropology brings an explicit evolutionary approach to the study of human behavior. Each of anthropology's four main subfields - sociocultural, biological, archaeology, and linguistic anthropology - acknowledges that Homo sapiens has a long evolutionary history that must be acknowledged if one is to know what it means to be a human being ("What is Anthropology?"). The papers in this volume embody the view of anthropology explicit in the above statement. Behavioral ecology explains human behavior through the application of evolutionary theory in ecological context. It focuses on how behavior is influenced by the constraints of reproduction and resources acquisition. As a result, its purview is a wide swath of anthropology, especially economic anthropology. Human behavior varies through the life course, and humans make choices or exhibit behavioral variation depending on the costs, benefits, and constraints of local socioeconomic contexts. Pan-human conscious and unconscious processes generate these decisions, because over evolutionary time scales they produced, on average, behavior that increased the relative reproductive success of their bearers.  Behavioral ecology examines these adaptive behavioral responses to local conditions. The volumes papers demonstrate behavioral ecology's maturation as a subfield of anthropology. They demonstrate the breadth of problems that can be gainfully addressed within the paradigm and the richness of specific hypotheses and data that this perspective can generate. The papers also show how behavioral ecology conceptually integrates the core of biological anthropology with the other subdisciplines by providing a common framework for investigating and understanding basic economic questions.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aSociology.2bicssc 7aAnthropology.2bicssc 7aSocial impact of environmental issues.2bicssc 7aSociety.2eflch1 aAlvard, M.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0190-1281/23zProduct website URL04239cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720017002040720015002210820015002361000020002512450095002712600055003663000019004213650097004403660075005374400060006125000016006725000052006885051284007405160013020245201612020375380020036496500030036696500040036996500022037397000019037618560061037809781849500319UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849500319 :cą63.95  a1849500312 :cą63.95  a0194-3960  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCF2bicssc 7aJFFG2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a331.112221 aSorkin, Alan L.10aEconomics of disabilityh[electronic resource] /cAlan L. Sorkin; Edited by D.S. Salkever.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a278 p. :bill.  a02b63.95cGBPd00hS 54.43 17.5 63.95 9.52jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in human social conflict  ;vv. 13,x0194-3960  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762305292, 2000.0 aList of contributors. Introduction (D.S. Salkever, A. Sorkin). The relationship between labor market outcomes and physical and mental health: exogenous human capital or endogenous health production? (S.L. Ettner). Within-group "structural" tests of labor-market discrimination: a study of persons with serious disabilities (D.S. Salkever, M.E. Domino). The changing economic status of disabled women, 1982-1991: trends and their determinants (R. Haveman et al.). Behavioral responses to changes in disability policy: the role of measured limitation on inferences (B. Kreider). Empirical models of employees' disabilities due to injury: return-to-work outcome and claim duration under private long-term disability insurance (D.S. Salkever, J.A. Singogle and M. Purushothaman). Will expanding health care coverage for people with disabilities increase their employment and earnings? Evidence from an analysis of the SSI work incentive program (D.C. Stapleton, A.F. Tucker). The labor market effects of mental illness: the case of affective disorders (D.E. Marcotte, V. Wilcox-Gok and D.P. Redmon). Syndromal effects of psychiatric disorders on labor force exits (E.P. Slade, L.A. Albers). The role of disability in the study of job loss and reemployment probabilities (S. Bernell).  aDocument  aApplies the tools of analysis that have been developed over the decades to study racial and gender discrimination in labor markets to study the experiences of persons with disabilities.bThree important issues have recently attracted researchers to study the economics of disability. First with the availability of sophisticated 'data sets', it has become possible to conduct highly quantative investigations of the relative economic impacts of various types of disabling health problems. Second, the passage of the Americans with Disabilities Act in 1991, and the subsequent implementation of its employment provisions, focused national attention on the continuing scarcity of employment opportunities for disabled persons. The tools of analysis that have been developed over the past several decades to study racial and gender discrimination in labor markets are applied in this book to study the experiences of persons with disabilities. Third, the past several decades have witnessed a rapid growth in the public and private costs of disability support programs. Many economists recognize the need to design such programs that would provide continued economic security, without the work disincentives, high budgetary costs, and efficiency losses of existing programs.  A major purpose of this volume is to bring together empirical studies dealing with all three of the above issues in a single volume. By doing this we can illustrate the breadth of current research in the field and allow the reader to see the connections and common threads that underlie this scope of concerns and research objectives.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aLabour economics.2bicssc 7aDisability: social aspects.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSalkever, D.S.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0194-3960/13zProduct website URL02665cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720015002050820017002201000021002372450107002582600055003653000011004203650097004313660075005284400059006035000016006625000052006785160013007305201332007435380020020756500036020956500042021316500036021737000022022098560060022319781848556737UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090807e200908uuxxk    gs|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848556737 :cą59.95  a184855673X :cą59.95  a1474-8231  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJMV2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a362.10682221 aSavage, Grant D.10aBiennial review of health care managementh[electronic resource] /cGrant D. Savage, Myron D. Fottler.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a248 p.  a02b59.95cGBPd00hS 51.02 17.5 59.95 8.93jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090816cIP 20090815jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in health care management ;vv. 8,x1474-8231  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848556720, 2009.  aDocument  aOffers reviews of health care management, linking concerns about health care workforce management with health care organization management issues. This title focuses both on health care workforce management issues, including allied health professionals, nurses, and physicians, and on health care organization management issues.bThis proposed volume will provide state-of-the art reviews of health care management, linking concerns about health care workforce management with health care organization management issues. This meso perspective, linking micro and macro organizational processes, should appeal to health care management researchers and doctoral students. Review articles in this volume will orient new and established scholars about current themes within health care management, as well as emerging themes and divergent views. The authors evaluate these future directions and offer their perspective on the direction or directions that would help build theory and improve the practice of health care management. Specifically, the volume will focus both on health care workforce management issues, including allied health professionals, nurses, and physicians, and on health care organization management issues, ranging from organizational governance and strategy to the globalization of health care organizations.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 0aHealth services administration. 7aManagement of specific areas.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aFottler, Myron D.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1474-8231/8zProduct website URL03549cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820015002351000024002502450130002742600055004043000011004593650098004703660075005684400076006435000016007195000052007355051097007875160013018845201014018975380020029116500047029316500052029786500036030307000024030668560061030909781849500418UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849500418 :cą68.95  a184950041X :cą68.95  a0897-3016  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJU2bicssc 7aJMH2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a302.352221 aWoodman, Richard W.10aResearch in organizational change and developmenth[electronic resource] /cRichard W. Woodman; Edited by William A. Pasmore.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a392 p.  a02b68.95cGBPd00hS 58.68 17.5 68.95 10.27jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in organizational change and development  ;vv. 12,x0897-3016  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762306275, 2000.0 aList of contributors. Preface (W.A. Pasmore, R.W. Woodman). Conversations and the epidemiology of change (J.D. Ford). Organizational development as facilitating the surfacing and modification of social rules (C. Lundberg). Collaboration and allegory: extending the metaphor of organizational culture in the context of interorganizational change (J.W. Grubbs, R.B. Denhardt). Making change permanent: a model for institutionalizing change interventions (A.A. Armenakis et al.). TQM and organizational change: a longitudinal study of the impact of a TQM intervention on work attitudes (J.A-M. Coyle-Shapiro). Implementing effective cross-functional teams: a multilevel framework for analysis (L.W. Lam et al.). Collaborative organizing: an "ideal type" for a new paradigm (P.J. Robertson). The relational healing dimension of organizational development: transformative stories and dialogue in life-cycle transitions (G.S. Khalsa, D.S. Steingard). The professionalization of organization development: a status report and look to the future (C.K. Weidner II, O.A. Kulick). About the contributors.  aDocument  aIdeas which are comfortable and familiar are not likely to challenge or transform our thinking. As human beings, our need to reduce cognitive dissonance causes us to seek the familiar and reject the unfamiliar, often without careful reflection. This title includes chapters that cover the field of organizational change and development.bIdeas which are comfortable and familiar are not likely to challenge or transform our thinking. As human beings, our need to reduce cognitive dissonance causes us to seek the familiar and reject the unfamiliar, often without careful reflection. Scholars must overcome such natural tendencies in order to look beyond the reaches of well accepted doctrine, exploring less-understood and less-accepted explanations of the way things are, and consider instead the possibilities that alternative futures could hold. Collectively the chapters that make up volume 12 are a statement of the vibrancy and ever changing nature of the field of organizational change and development.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aSocial, group or collective psychology.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aPasmore, William A.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0897-3016/12zProduct website URL03023cam  22004452a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720020001880720021002080720020002290720015002490820018002642450170002822600055004523000011005073650099005183650125006173660078007423660078008204400076008985000016009745160013009905201261010035380020022646500036022846500058023206500037023786500034024156500036024496510036024857000017025217000020025387000019025589781848559073UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090915e200912uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848559073 :cą77.95  a1848559070 :cą77.95  a2040-7262  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aRNPx1F2bicssc 7aJFSGx1F2bicssc 7aRNUx1F2bicssc 7aENV2eflch04a363.7009522210aUrban risk reductionh[electronic resource] ;bAn Asian perspective /cEdited by Rajib Shaw, Hari Srinivas, Anshu Sharma; Series edited by Rajib Shaw, Hari Srinivas.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a230 p.  a02b77.95cGBPd00hZ 77.95 0.0 77.95 0.00jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2onix-pt  a02b144.95cUSDd00eLocal taxes may applyhZ 144.95 0.0 144.95 0.00jUSkxxumEmerald Group Publishing Limited2onix-pt  b20091204cIP 20091130jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2UK-WkNB  b20091204cIP 20091130jUSkxxumEmerald Group Publishing Limited2UK-WkNB 0aCommunity, environment and disaster risk management ;vv. 1,x2040-7262  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aAs cities all over the world have urbanized rapidly after the industrial revolution, most cities have confronted environmental problems. This book brings the lessons from innovative urban risk management approaches in Asian cities, drawing the lessons from seven Asian countries.bAs cities all over the world have urbanized rapidly after the industrial revolution, most cities have confronted environmental problems such as poor air and water quality, high levels of traffic congestion and ambient noise, poor-quality built environment, derelict land, greenhouse gas emissions, urban sprawl, generation of waste and waste-water. In particular, cities in the developing world face problems related to the living conditions in which the urban population lives. In the context of urban cities in the developing world, it can be narrowed to the quality of life of living population in the cities. Needless to say that Asia has the largest population, as well as urban population at risk. This book brings the lessons from innovative urban risk management approaches in Asian cities, drawing the lessons from seven Asian countries. The authors of the chapters consists of wider spectrum of stakeholders: from academicians to policy makers to NGO practitioners.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 0aEnvironmental protectionzAsia. 7aPollution & threats to the environmentzAsia.2bicssc 7aUrban communitieszAsia.2bicssc 7aSustainabilityzAsia.2bicssc 7aEnvironment and Ecology.2eflch 0aAsiaxEnvironmental conditions.1 aShaw, Rajib.1 aSrinivas, Hari.1 aSharma, Anshu.04423cam  22004092a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820016002351000025002512450148002762600055004243000019004793650098004983660075005964400062006715000016007335000052007495051173008015160013019745201758019875380020037456500047037656500052038126500036038647000033039007000020039338560060039539781849501446UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501446 :cą70.95  a1849501440 :cą70.95  a1534-0856  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJU2bicssc 7aJMH2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.4022221 aNeale, Margaret Ann.10aToward phenomenology of groups and group membershiph[electronic resource] /cMargaret Ann Neale, Elizabeth A. Mannix; Edited by Harris Sondak.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a290 p. :bill.  a02b70.95cGBPd00hS 60.38 17.5 70.95 10.57jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch on managing groups and teams ;vv. 4,x1534-0856  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762308620, 2002.0 aToward phenomenology of groups and group membership - an introduction, H. Sondak-- Using existential-phenomenology to study a work team, R. Stablein-- Transitory interactions - fieldwork on the phenomenology of groups in organizations, A.B. Hargadon-- Why some teams emphasize learning more than others - evidence from business unit management teams, J.S. Bunderson, K.M. Sutcliffe-- Creating and reducing intergroup conflict - the role of perspective-taking in affecting out-group evaluations, A.D. Galinsky-- Terms of engagement - why do people invest themselves in work? T.R. Tyler, S. Blader-- Why am I here? The influence of group and relational attributes on member-initiated team selection, Z.I. Barsness et al.-- Familiarity in groups - exploring the relationship between inter-member familiarity and group behavior, T.L. Rockett, G.A. Okhuysen-- Helping transnational team members to sense trust - a counterintuitive approach to leadership, G.M. Spreitzer et al.-- Getting and staying in-pace - the "in-synch" preference and its implications for work groups, S. Blount, G. Janicik-- Making sense of the phenomenology of groups and group membership, H. Sondak.  aDocument  aContains papers presented in May 2000, at a conference held at Stanford University's Graduate School of Business. This book shows how group members understand their own experience in their groups. It addresses a variety of topics including the use of methods from phenomenological psychology.bThe papers in this volume were presented in May 2000, at a conference held at Stanford University's Graduate School of Business. The purpose of the conference was to explore individual motivation and sense making in the context of group membership. This volume presents the papers discussed at that conference, and brings attention to the problem of understanding how group members understand their own experience in their groups. In creating both individual and shared understandings of group membership, group members reflect on their participation in the group, the group process, group outcomes, the group itself, and the organization in which the group is embedded. The papers in this volume address a variety of topics including the use of methods from phenomenological psychology; how individuals choose which groups to join, and how they develop a sense that they belong to one or another group; groups' orientations toward learning, pacing, and time; and familiarity, trust, perspective taking, and intergroup relations. The research presented in these papers employs diverse methods including qualitative field studies, laboratory experiments, and the use of archival data.  Some of the papers presented here are more directly phenomenological than others. Even the chapters whose methods are furthest from a typical phenomenological approach, however, provide interesting insights into how individuals experience and make sense of group membership.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aSocial, group or collective psychology.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aMannix, Elizabeth A.,d1960-1 aSondak, Harris.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1534-0856/4zProduct website URL04282cam  22004332a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720016002030720016002190720015002350820012002501000032002622450177002942600055004713000019005263650097005453660075006424400076007175000016007935000052008095050972008615160013018335201717018465380020035636500035035836500043036186500039036616500036037007000035037367000016037718560061037879781849503556UK-WkNB20100216000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503556 :cą64.95  a1849503559 :cą64.95  a0723-1318  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aJP2bicssc 7aHPS2bicssc 7aHPQ2bicssc 7aPOL2eflch04a1722221 aSaint-Martin, Denis,d1962-10aPublic ethics and governanceh[electronic resource] ;bStandards and practices in comparative perspective /cDenis Saint-Martin, Fred Thompson; Edited by Lawrence R. Jones.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a300 p. :bill.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in public policy analysis and management  ;vv. 14,x0723-1318  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312269, 2006.0 aIntroduction. (F. Thompson). Path Dependence and Self-Reinforcing Processes in the Regulation of Ethics in Politics: Toward a Framework for Comparative Analysis. (D. Saint-Martin). The Ethics Eruption: Sources and Catalysts. (R. Williams). Codes of Conduct for Public Officials in Europe: Common Label, Divergent Purposes. (D. Hine). Political Ethics and Responsible Government. (A. Potter). Comparing Systems of Ethics Regulation. (O. Gay). Canada's Upside-Down World of Public-Sector Ethics. (A. Stark). The Costs and Benefits of Ethics Laws. (B.A. Rosenson). The Effects of Legislative Ethics Law: An Institutional Perspective. (A. Rosenthal). Managerial Leadership and the Ethical Importance of Legacy. (J.P. Dobel). Professional Ethics for Politicians? (J. Uhr). Ethical Political Conduct and Fidelity to the Democratic Ethos. (C.M. Macleod). Governing Pluralism. (A. Sabl). Ethical Reasoning, Epistemology, and Administrative Inquiry. (J.W. Myers, F. Thompson).  aDocument  aOffers a look at conflicts of interest, codes of ethics, and the regulation of corruption in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia and the European Community. This work questions the dominant academic approach to applied ethics, with an emphasis on training, standards and procedures, and regulation.bThis important volume looks at conflicts of interest, codes of ethics, and the regulation of corruption in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia, and the European Community. It finds that there is less corruption than ever before, but the gap between public expectations and perceptions has nevertheless widened. Moreover, it questions the dominant academic approach to applied ethics, with its emphasis on training, standards and procedures, and, ultimately, regulation. In contrast, the authors featured in this volume argue that governance is a social process. Ethical governing means attending to the relational aftermath of complex decisions - the ways in which decisions and their execution affect and sustain social relationships. Moreover, applied ethical reasoning in this context must not only confront certain stock issues, but must also lead to widespread participation in decision making processes. Viewed in this way, ethical governing means a respectful discourse involving widespread participation of legitimate viewpoints.  Consequently, the authors suggest that the nearly universal dissatisfaction with the state of public ethics is a manifestation of something deeper and more profound. As one author explains, public perceptions won't look up so long as politics remains a spectator sport, dominated by 'sleaze ball tactics and shrinking sound bites'.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aPolitics & government.2bicssc 7aSocial & political philosophy.2bicssc 7aEthics & moral philosophy.2bicssc 7aPolitics and Government.2eflch1 aThompson, Fred,d1942 Oct. 29-1 aJones, L.R.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0732-1317/14zProduct website URL03191cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820012002192450076002312600055003073000011003623650097003733660075004704400046005455000016005915000052006075050742006595160013014015201258014145380020026726500021026926500035027137000020027488560061027689781849504416UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504416 :cą62.95  a1849504415 :cą62.95  a0196-3821  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFF2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a33222210aResearch in financeh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Andrew H. Chen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a322 p.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in finance  ;vv. 23,x0196-3821  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313457, 2006.0 aFIXED INCOME FUND PERFORMANCE ACROSS ECONOMIC STATES DETERMINANTS OF THE LONG TERM EXCESS PERFORMANCE OF AMERICAN DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS LISTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE KERNEL BANDWIDTH APPLICATIONS TO THE EURO AND THE U.S. MUTUAL FUND MOVEMENTS COMPETITION IN IPO UNDERWRITING: TIME SERIES EVIDENCE FRAGMENTATION OF DAY VERSUS NIGHT MARKETS THE SHARE PRICE AND TRADING VOLUME REACTIONS OF U.S.-LISTED FOREIGN BANKS TO THE FINANCIAL SERVICES MODERNIZATION ACT OF 1999 UPPER BOUNDS FOR AMERICAN OPTIONS A SPREAD-BASED MODEL FOR THE VALUATION OF CREDIT DERIVATUIVES WITH CORRELATED DEFAULTS AND COUNTER-PARTY RISKS THE EVOLUTION OF CORPORATE BORROWERS: PRIME VERSUS LIBOR THE DETERMINANTS OF PRIVATE DEBT SOURCE SYSTEMIC BANKING CRISES.  aDocument  aContains contributions on a range of important issues in financial research. This title covers such topics as: the performance of fixed income mutual funds in different economic states, the determinants of long-term excess performance of the ADRs on the NYSE, and the fragmentation in day and night markets.bThis volume contains contributions on a range of important issues in current financial research. Topics included are - the performance of fixed income mutual funds in different economic states, the determinants of long-term excess performance of the ADRs on the NYSE, the models for forecasting the Euro/US Dollar exchange rates and the U.S. mutual funds movements, the fragmentation in day and night markets, the market reactions of the U.S.-listed foreign banks to the passage of the GLB Act of 1999, the upper bounds for American options, the spread-based models for the valuation of credit derivatives, the empirical evidence on the evolution of corporate borrowers, the determinants of private debt source, and the underlying causes and resolution policies for the systematic banking crises. This is a valuable addition to the research of finance. It contains contributions from key figures the world of finance; and offers broad coverage.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aFinance.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aChen, Andrew H.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0196-3821/23zProduct website URL04567cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820017002191000024002362450135002602500020003952600055004153000019004703650097004893660075005864400078006615000016007395000052007555050798008075160013016055202331016185380020039496500048039696500036040177000031040537000024040848560061041089781849504300UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504300 :cą62.95  a184950430X :cą62.95  a1572-0977  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJM2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.40222221 aBeyerlein, Susan T.10aInnovation through collaborationh[electronic resource] /cSusan T. Beyerlein, Frances H. Kennedy; Edited by Michael M. Beyerlein.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a294 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in interdisciplinary studies of work teams  ;vv. 12,x1572-0977  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313310, 2006.0 aChapter 1: Collaboration in Cross-functional Product Innovation Teams.-- Chapter 2: leading innovation through collaboration.-- Chapter 3: Communities of Practice: A Critical Perspective on Collaboration.-- Chapter 4: Team Innovation Through Collaboration.-- Chapter 5: Innovation: Achieving Balance Among Empowerment, Accountability, and Control.-- Chapter 6: Innovation and Technology Transfer Intermediaries: A Systemic International Study.-- Chapter 7: Collaboration, Proximity and Innovation.-- Chapter 8: Social Networking and the Developing of New Ventures.-- Chapter 9: Creation of a Collaborative Environment for Innovation: The Effect of a Simulation Tools Development and Use.-- Chapter 10: Building Collaborative Capacity: An Innovative Strategy for Homeland Security Preparedness.  aDocument  aInnovation has become one of the primary core competencies of effective organizations. This title includes chapters that explore collaborative approaches to innovation and the mechanisms and tools that contribute to the quality of collaborative effort. It discusses the importance of collaborative environments to improve innovation.bInnovation has become one of the primary core competencies of effective organizations. It leads to changes in products, services, organizational design, processes, strategies, and the systems that support them. It occurs when someone has an idea, shares it with others, and all find ways to turn the idea into action. The sharing is a critical step. Creative ideas blossom in a collaborative environment. Implementation depends on collaboration. The chapters in this volume explore a variety of methods and settings that show how collaboration can be utilized to enable and enhance innovation. The innovation may be incremental or breakthrough and evident at any level of organization: team, community of practice, project or program, company, joint venture, alliance, partnership, or supply chain. In this volume, we refer to high quality interaction in the social network as collaboration. We believe creating the context for effective collaboration is a core competency of the organization. Working together well involves deepening trust among members and sharing ideas, perspectives, energy, and knowledge to address organizational challenges and opportunities.  As innovation becomes the key to competitive advantage at company, supply chain, and regional levels, a shift from silos to collaboration becomes essential collaborating across boundaries becomes critical. World class levels of performance are impossible without mastery of collaborative methods, processes, and designs. Few companies have mastered the discipline of collaboration well enough to achieve the highest levels of performance. Interagency collaboration in government is equally challenging. The chapters in this volume explore collaborative approaches to innovation and the mechanisms and tools that contribute to the quality of collaborative effort. It discusses the importance of collaborative environments to improve innovation; and, addresses how to create a collaborative environment within an organization.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aManagement & management techniques.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aBeyerlein, Michael Martin.1 aKennedy, Frances H.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1572-0977/12zProduct website URL03507cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820015002351000024002502450130002742600055004043000011004593650097004703660075005674400076006425000016007185000052007345050913007865160013016995201157017125380020028696500047028896500052029366500036029887000024030248560061030489781849501958UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501958 :cą61.95  a1849501955 :cą61.95  a0897-3016  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJU2bicssc 7aJMH2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a302.352221 aWoodman, Richard W.10aResearch in organizational change and developmenth[electronic resource] /cRichard W. Woodman; Edited by William A. Pasmore.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a332 p.  a02b61.95cGBPd00hS 52.72 17.5 61.95 9.23jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in organizational change and development  ;vv. 14,x0897-3016  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762309948, 2003.0 aOrganizational change - a categorization scheme and response model with readiness factors, C.J. Struckman, F.J. Yammarino-- Building organizational change in an emerging economy - whole systems change using large group interventions in Mexico, M.R. Manning, J. DelaCerda Gastelum-- The relative effect of change drivers in large-scale organizational change - an empirical study, K.S. Whelan-Berry et al-- Implications for organizational change in the structure process duality, P.C. Nutt-- How do you create lasting organizational change? You must first slay Grendel's mother, S.L. Manring-- A shared schema approach to understanding organizational culture change, Chung-Ming Lau et al-- Critical revision of some core ideas within the discourse about the learning organization - experiences from field research in East German companies, M. Geppert-- Is remembered change useful?, J.P. Wanous, A.E. Reichers.  aDocument  aPresents scholarly thinking about research and concepts related to the transformation of organizations. This title features papers that offer: a categorization scheme for interventions; an analysis of the importance of different change drivers in complex interventions; and, suggestions for making change lasting.bThis title is part of a series presenting scholarly thinking about research and concepts related to the transformation of organizations. As in previous volumes in the series, contributors provide comprehensive literature reviews, methodological breakthroughs, and cutting edge theories. The papers presented in Volume 14 address practical, conceptual and methodological issues in the field of organizational change. They offer a categorization scheme for interventions; an analysis of the importance of different change drivers in complex interventions; a call for greater attention to structure-process dualities; suggestions for making change more lasting; a new approach to measuring organizational culture based on shared schema; a field study of organizational learning; and, an alternative approach to measuring experienced change.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aSocial, group or collective psychology.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aPasmore, William A.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0897-3016/14zProduct website URL02618cam  22004332a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720016002030720015002190720015002340720015002490820012002642450129002762600055004053000011004603650098004713660075005694400056006445000016007005000052007165160013007685201111007815380020018926500023019126500047019356500031019826500044020136500022020577000022020797000022021018560061021239781849504553UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504553 :cą74.95  a1849504555 :cą74.95  a0193-5895  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKC2bicssc 7aLAB2bicssc 7aLB2bicssc 7aLN2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a33022210aResearch in law and economicsh[electronic resource] ;bA journal of policy /cEdited by Richard O. Zerbe, John B. Kirkwood.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a378 p.  a02b74.95cGBPd00hS 63.79 17.5 74.95 11.16jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in law and economics  ;vv. 23,x0193-5895  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313631, 2007.  aDocument  aPresents research that explores the extent to which the constraints of law explain economic behavior and the role of economics in forming the law. This title covers such topics as economics of environmental policy, urban property rights, antitrust and evolutionary models in economics and law.bSince 1979 "Research in Law and Economics" has been presenting original research that explores the extent to which the constraints of law explain economic behavior and the role of economics in forming the law. Leading scholars, including Kenneth Arrow, Kenneth Elzinga, Victor Goldberg, Jack Hirschliefer, Paul Joskow, and Vernon Smith, have chosen "Research in Law and Economics" as the right forum for presenting their research. Now published bi-annually, each issue of "Research in Law and Economics" focuses on a timely and relevant topic. Such topics have included economics of environmental policy, urban property rights, antitrust and evolutionary models in economics and law. This volume focuses on cost-benefit analysis and the law, whereas the next special issue will concentrate on corporate finance.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aJurisprudence & philosophy of law.2bicssc 7aInternational law.2bicssc 7aLaws of Specific jurisdictions.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aZerbe, Richard O.1 aKirkwood, John B.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0193-5895/23zProduct website URL03316cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820019002191000022002382450130002602600055003903000019004453650098004643660075005624400059006375000016006965000052007125050190007645160013009545201782009675380020027496500039027696500020028087000023028287000019028518560060028709781849502689UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502689 :cą71.95  a1849502684 :cą71.95  a1474-8231  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aJFF2bicssc 7aSOC2eflch04a363.3209732221 aFottler, Myron D.10aBioterrorism, preparedness, attack and responseh[electronic resource] /cMyron D. Fottler [et al.]; Edited by John D. Blair.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a368 p. :bill.  a02b71.95cGBPd00hS 61.23 17.5 71.95 10.72jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in health care management ;vv. 4,x1474-8231  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762311057, 2004.0 aPart I: Biological Agents and Terrorist Agents-- Part II: Chaos, Complexity and Change-- Part III: Organizations Respondor Not-- Part IV: Defending the Homeland: Changes and Challenges.  aDocument  aOffers a view into the world of Bioterrorism and how it could affect the healthcare system of the United States. This volume identifies the key factors that make up the essential pieces of bioterrorism preparedness, attack and response. It shows ramifications of a terrorist attack and gives the reader a view of possible terrorist attacks.bThis is a volume that provides a view into the world of Bioterrorism and how it could affect the healthcare system of the United States. It will lead the reader along a journey that shows ramifications to health, politics, and everyday common actions. The book starts out by informing the reader of biological agents and then leads into how organizations and the government should respond in the case that such agents are unleashed. A full understanding of bioterrorism preparedness and response cannot be achieved effectively by considering these phenomena in a vacuum nor informed only by the bioterrorism literature in its current form. The authors identify the key factors that make up the essential pieces of bioterrorism preparedness, attack and response. This volume puts what is normally thought of bioterrorism preparedness issues in their equally important security and terrorist strategy contexts. Here, the editors have sought to bring experts insights on as many of the interlinking factors as possible into one volume. This thematic volume's objectives are to facilitate the readers understanding of the new reality that creates certainty in the uncertainty facing them in the future.  It provides knowledge of Bioterrorism and advances skills of preparedness. It shows ramifications of a terrorist attack and gives the reader a view of possible terrorist attacks. It presents a look into security and terrorist strategy.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aSocial issues & processes.2bicssc 7aSociety.2eflch1 aZapanta, Albert C.1 aBlair, John D.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1474-8231/4zProduct website URL02481cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040720015002190820015002341000021002492450088002702600055003583000011004133650100004243660078005244400099006025000016007015000052007175160013007695201228007825380020020106500030020306500023020606500036020839781848554672UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090722e200907uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848554672 :cą64.95  a1848554672 :cą64.95  a1048-4736  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJH2bicssc 7aKC2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a338.062221 aLibecap, Gary D.10aMeasuring the social value of innovationh[electronic resource] /cGary D. Libecap.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a290 p.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2onix-pt  b20090721cIP 20090722jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in the study of entrepreneurship, innovation and economic growth ;vv. 19,x1048-4736  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848554665, 2009.  aDocument  aPresents a series of perspectives that evaluate the merits of and potential for establishing institutionalized social valuation protocols within university settings. This volume open with a comprehensive overview of various literature that addresses issues related to assessing the social value of university innovations.bThis volume presents a series of perspectives that evaluate the merits of and potential for establishing institutionalized social valuation protocols within university settings. The volumes open with a comprehensive overview of the existing literature that addresses issues related to assessing the social value of university innovations. The first section provides sociological, organizational, and economic perspectives on issues informing the forecasting and/or demonstrating the social value of university innovations. The second section explores potential metrics and measures for either forecasting or demonstrating the social and economic value of university innovations. The third section concludes by considering issues of governance over and the organizational positioning institutionalized protocol for forecasting and demonstrating the social and economic value of university innovations.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEntrepreneurship.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch01632cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720017002050720015002221000021002372450144002582600055004023000011004573650097004683660075005654400072006405000016007125000052007285160013007805200248007935380020010416500049010616500034011106500035011447000018011798560061011979781848552555UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090807e200904uuxxk    gs|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848552555 :cą59.95  a1848552556 :cą59.95  a1479-3512  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFCM2bicssc 7aKFCF2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch1 aCummings, Lorne.10aManagerial attitudes toward a stakeholder prominence within a Southeast Asia contexth[electronic resource] /cLorne Cummings, Chris Patel.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a252 p.  a02b59.95cGBPd00hS 51.02 17.5 59.95 8.93jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090410cIP 20090807jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aStudies in managerial and financial accounting ;vv. 19,x1479-3512  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848552548, 2009.  aDocument  aA monograph that explores stakeholder theory development by examining the attitudes of managers and managerial students in Australia, China and Indonesia, toward the perceived 'prominence' or 'salience' of selected organisational stakeholders.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aManagement accounting & bookkeeping.2bicssc 7aFinancial accounting.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aPatel, Chris.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-3512/19zProduct website URL03984cam  22004212a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720015002030720015002180820015002331000027002482450153002752600055004283000019004833650097005023660075005994400064006745000016007385000052007545051211008065160013020175201280020305380020033106500043033306500035033736500021034087000032034297000018034617000022034798560061035019781849503426UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503426 :cą64.95  a1849503427 :cą64.95  a1041-7060  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKN2bicssc 7aKJ2bicssc 7aIND2eflch04a338.742221 aMerino, Barbara Dubis.10aCorporate governanceh[electronic resource] ;bDoes any size fit? /cBarbara Dubis Merino, Marilyn Neimark, Tony Tinker; Edited by Cheryl R. Lehman.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a216 p. :bill.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in public interest accounting ;vv. 11,x1041-7060  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312054, 2005.0 aIntroduction. Corporate Governance: Does any Size Fit?. Problematising Governance. Corporate governance: a case of "misplaced concreteness"?. Does one size fit all? Transplanting English takeover law into China. Sed quis custodiet ipsos custodies? Governmentality, corporate governance and ethics. Governance issues. Accounting for inclusiveness: the corporate response to the challenge of HIV/AIDs in South Africa. Corporate governance in China: a lack of critical reflexivity. The Austrian Way: Director conduct in the context of legal and cultural frameworks of corporate governance. Accountability and independence in corporate governance: an analysis of board disclosures in Canada. A look into the role of human resource management in corporate governance and risk management: the Phillippine experience. An examination of shareholder-stakeholder governance tension: A case study of the collapses of Ansett Holdings and Air New Zealand. The Next Step. Agency Theory, Ethics and Corporate Governance. Beyond law and regulation - a corporate governance model of ethical decision making. Effective corporate governance reform and organizational pluralism: reframing culture, leadership and follwership).  aDocument  a'Corporate Governance' has become a recent manifestation, creating interplays of political, private, academic, cultural, and economic consequences. This issue offers provocations challenging the received views of Corporate Governance, illuminating the controversies and ethical outcomes of using it as a prescription for public action.bParadigms, intellectual insights, and buzzwords have always reflected and informed social practices and have provided impetus and rationalization for macro policies. 'Corporate Governance' has become a recent manifestation, creating interplays of political, private, academic, cultural, and economic consequences. This issue of "Advances in Public Interest Accounting" offers provocations challenging the received views of Corporate Governance, illuminating the controversies and ethical outcomes of using it as a prescription for public action. Whether, how, and why Corporate Governance provides innovation, mystification, or creative participation for diverse populations with diverse interests is examined in this issue. With an eclectic group of academics representing a wide range of countries, perspectives, narratives, and themes, Volume 11 provides the space for creating new sensibilities for advocating for the public interest.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aIndustry & industrial studies.2bicssc 7aBusiness & management.2bicssc 7aIndustry.2eflch1 aNeimark, Marilyn Kleinberg.1 aTinker, Tony.1 aLehman, Cheryl R.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1041-7060/11zProduct website URL04072cam  22004452a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040720014002190720015002330720015002480820016002631000016002792450160002952600055004553000011005103650098005213660075006194400056006945000016007505000052007665051572008185160013023905200992024035380020033956500039034156500023034546500017034776500029034946500020035237000022035438560061035659781849501576UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501576 :cą86.95  a1849501572 :cą86.95  a0193-5895  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aJFF2bicssc 7aKC2bicssc 7aL2bicssc 7aRN2bicssc 7aSOC2eflch04a333.7162221 aSwanson, T.10aIntroduction to the law and economics of environmental policyh[electronic resource] ;bIssues in institutional design /cT. Swanson; Edited by R.O. Zerbe.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a552 p.  a02b86.95cGBPd00hS 74.00 17.5 86.95 12.95jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in law and economics  ;vv. 20,x0193-5895  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762308880, 2002.0 aPart A: The Law and Economics of Environmental Policy Making. Optimal procedure for policy making. The Aarhus Convention and the politics of process: The political economy of procedural environmental rights (S. Rose-Ackerman, A.A. Halpaap). Optimal information for policy making. Environmental regulatory decision-making under uncertainty (R.B. Stewart). Optimal use of economics in policy making. Can law and economics stand the purchase of moral satisfaction? (R.O. Zerbe). Individual preference based values and environmental decision making: Should valuation have its day in court? (A. Kontoleon et al.).-- Part B: The Law and Economics of Instrument Choice and Design. Optimal instrument choice. Toward a total-cost approach to environmental instrumental instrument choice (D.H. Cole, P.Z. Grossman). The choice of instruments for environmental policy: Liability or regulation? (M. Boyer, D. Porrini). Optimal instrument design. Environmental damage insurance in theory and practice (M. Faure). The design of marketable permit schemes to control local and regional pollutants (J.R. Nash, R.L. Revesz).-- Part C: The Law and Economics of Compliance and Enforcement. Optimal monitoring institutions. Monitoring for latent liabilities: When is it necessary and who should do it? (T. Swanson, R. Mason). Financial responsibility for environmental obligations: Are bonding and assurance rules fulfilling their promise? (J. Boyd). Optimal enforcement. Pollution and penalties (A. Ogus, C. Abbot). 8 things about enforcement that seem obvious but may not be (A. Heyes).  aDocument  aEmphasizes the importance of institutional design in addressing social problems. This book discusses such themes as the cost of complex institutional design, and the role of private institutions attaining social objects. It is suitable for law schools, departments of government, policy or economics, environmental managers and insurance companies.b"An Introduction to the Law and Economics of Environmental Policy" emphasizes the importance of institutional design in addressing social problems. Three important issues concerning institutional design are: policies, instruments, and enforcement. This volume surveys each of the issues, and emphasizes the common themes arising in optimal institutional design. These themes include the cost of complex institutional design, and the role of private institutions attaining social objects. This book will be particularly useful to law schools, departments of government, policy or economics, environmental managers and insurance companies.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aSocial issues & processes.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aLaw.2bicssc 7aThe environment.2bicssc 7aSociety.2eflch1 aZerbe, Richard O.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0193-5895/20zProduct website URL01529cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720015002050820016002201000027002362450181002632600055004443000011004993650097005103660075006074400063006825000016007455000052007615160013008135200091008265380020009176500039009376500035009767000032010117000018010437000022010618560060010839781849500302UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849500302 :cą66.95  a1849500304 :cą66.95  a1041-7060  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFCP2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a657.8352221 aMerino, Barbara Dubis.10aAdvances in accountabilityh[electronic resource] ;bRegulation, research, gender and justice /cBarbara Dubis Merino, Marilyn Neimark, Tony Tinker; Edited by Cheryl R. Lehman.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a296 p.  a02b66.95cGBPd00hS 56.98 17.5 66.95 9.97jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in public interest accounting ;vv. 8,x1041-7060  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762305186, 2001.  aDocument  aDeals with a variety of topics in the field of advances in public interest accounting.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aPublic finance accounting.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aNeimark, Marilyn Kleinberg.1 aTinker, Tony.1 aLehman, Cheryl R.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1041-7060/8zProduct website URL02422cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720021001880720015002090820015002242450078002392600055003173000011003723650097003833660075004804400085005555000016006405000052006565050249007085160013009575200921009705380020018916500028019116500022019397000031019618560068019929781849500449UK-WkNB20100216000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849500449 :cą63.95  a1849500444 :cą63.95  a0743-4154  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCx1KBB2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.0122210aAmerican economicsh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Warren J. Samuels.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a380 p.  a02b63.95cGBPd00hS 54.43 17.5 63.95 9.52jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the history of economic thought & methodology  ;vv. 18B,x0743-4154  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762306350, 2000.0 aForeward. Preface. Explanatory notes. Introductory essay to the correspondence: the development of John Bates Clark's economic thought and F.H. Giddings. List of letters. Letters. Appendix. Eugen v. Bohm-Bawerk's letter to F.H. Giddings. Index.  aDocument  aPresents the correspondence from Clark to Giddings that cover the entire period from their first acquaintance in 1886 to Giddings' death in 1931.bThis newly discovered correspondence from Clark to Giddings covers the entire period from their first acquaintance in 1886 to Giddings' death in 1931. However, the vast majority of nearly 280 letters and notes is concentrated within the years 1886-1895 when the most important development of Clark's economic thought as a theoretical economist was accomplished. During this period Clark achieved the formation of his marginal productivity theory of distribution, and a new theory of capital and interest in particular. This also represents one of the most epoch-making periods of the marginal revolution in the United States, in which Clark was playing a leading role. In this period American modern economics began to be established in the history of economic thought.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomicszUSA.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSamuels, Warren J.,d1933-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0743-4154/18 Part 2zProduct website URL05068cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820014002191000022002332450105002552500020003602600055003803000019004353650097004543660075005514400056006265000016006825000052006985050978007505160013017285202766017415380020045076500052045276500023045797000019046028560061046219781849503525UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503525 :cą64.95  a1849503524 :cą64.95  a8826-145X  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aJMH2bicssc 7aPSY2eflch04a302.32221 aLawler, Edward J.10aSocial identification in groupsh[electronic resource] /cEdward J. Lawler; Edited by Shane R. Thye.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a276 p. :bill.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in group processes S. ;vv. 22,x8826-145X  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312238, 2005.0 aList of Contributors. Preface. (S.R. Thye, E.J. Lawler). Identity in Work Groups: The Beneficial and Detrimental Consequences of Multiple Identities and Group Norms for Collaboration and Group Performance. (N. Ellemers, F. Rink). New Directions in Identity Control Theory. (J.E. Stets, P.J. Burke). Identity Maintenance, Affect Control, and Cognitive Performance. (M.J. Lovaglia, R. Youngreen, D.T. Robinson). Making Good on a Promise: The Impact of Larger Social Structures on Commitments. (S. Stryker, R.T. Serpe, M.O. Hunt). The Effects of Status and Group Membership Modeled in a Graph-Theoretic Setting. (C. Barnum). Politicized Collective Identity: Collective Identity and Political Protest. (B. Klandermans). Recognition of Gender Identity and Task Performance. (A.K. Wisecup, M. Mcpherson, L. Smith-Lovin). Uncertainty, Social Identity and Ideology. (M.A. Hogg). Social Identities and Social Context: Social Attitudes and Personal Well-Being. (J.F. Dovidio et al.).  aDocument  aFeatures theoretical analyses, reviews and theory based empirical chapters on group phenomena. This work includes papers that address fundamental issues of Social Identification in Groups. It examines how group identities can have beneficial and detrimental effects on workplace commitment.b"Advances in Group Processes" publishes theoretical analyses, reviews and theory based empirical chapters on group phenomena. Volume 22, the fourth volume of a 5-series set, includes papers that address fundamental issues of Social Identification in Groups. Chapter one examines how group identities can have beneficial and detrimental effects on workplace commitment. The second chapter examines the emotional reactions that emerge when transient meanings do not match the meaning of ones identity standard. The third chapter uses identity theories to understand how performance on an academic test is impaired when scoring well on the test is not consistent with the identity. As a group, these three chapters address new empirical and theoretical problems at the cutting edge of identity theory and research. The next three chapters take on issues of identity and social structure. Chapter four theorizes and tests a core idea in identity theory, that structural constraints and opportunities shape the development of commitments to social relations. The authors conduct a test of this claim using survey data from a five county region of southern California.  The next chapter integrates status characteristics theory with principles from social identity theory to show how status structures and group membership combine to produce influence in task settings. Chapter six puts forward a theory of collective identity that addresses whether collective identities cause or are caused by participation in a social movements, and whether subgroup identities are inversely or positively related to larger group identities. The next two papers address issues of social identity and uncertainty. Chapter seven tests and supports the claim that people take longer to define the identity of androgynous looking individuals, and that their presence will slow performance on a cognitive task. Chapter eight examines the emergence of ideology in the context of theory and research on uncertainty, group identification, group prototypes and entitativity. The final chapter in the volume seeks to understand how multiple identity standards can be activated simultaneously, and how identity perceptions shift from members of separate groups to members of a single, more inclusive group.  Overall, the volume includes papers that reflect a wide range of theoretical approaches to social identity and contributions by major scholars that work in the general area of group processes.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aSocial, group or collective psychology.2bicssc 7aPsychology.2eflch1 aThye, Shane R.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0882-6145/22zProduct website URL03956cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820015002351000023002502450111002732600055003843000011004393650097004503660075005474400071006225000016006935000052007095050960007615160013017215201586017345380020033206500047033406500052033876500036034397000023034758560060034989781849503068UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503068 :cą64.95  a1849503060 :cą64.95  a1479-3555  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJU2bicssc 7aJMH2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a302.352221 aGanster, Daniel C.10aExploring interpersonal dynamicsh[electronic resource] /cDaniel C. Ganster; Edited by Pamela L. Perrewe.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a344 p.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in occupational stress and wellbeing  ;vv. 4,x1479-3555  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762311538, 2004.0 aOverview. (P.L. Perrewe, D.C. Ganster). Workplace Aggression and Violence Against Individuals and Organizations: Causes, Consequences, and Interventions. (L. Anderson et al.). The Radiating Effects of Intimate Partner Violence on Occupational Stress and Well Being. (M.K. Duffy, K.L. Scott, A.M. O'leary-Kelly). The Changing Nature of Job Stress: Risk and Resources. (M. Tausig et al.). Job Characteristics and Learning Behavior: Review and Psychological Mechanisms. (T.W. Taris, M.A.J. Kompier.). Organizational Stress Through the Lens of Conservation of Resources (COR) Theory. (M. Westman et al.). The Role Of 'Happiness' In Organizational Research: Past, Present and Future Directions. (T.A. Wright). Display Rules and Strain in Service Jobs: What's Fairness Got to do with it? (A.A. Grandey, G.M. Fisk). Stress and Well Being in the Context of Mentoring Processes: New Perspectives and Directions for Future Research. (A.M. Young). About the Authors.  aDocument  aExamines occupational stress, health and well being, with emphasis on the multi-disciplinary nature of occupational stress. This book covers, Workplace aggression and violence against individuals and organizations: causes, consequences, and interventions.bThis is an annual research series devoted to the examination of occupational stress, health and well being, with particular emphasis on the multi-disciplinary nature of occupational stress. The intent is to pull together the various streams of research from a variety of disciplines to better capture the significant bodies of work in occupational stress and well being. We provide a multidisciplinary and international perspective that gives a thorough and critical assessment of issues in occupational stress and well being. The theme for this volume is: Exploring Interpersonal Dynamics. It covers - Workplace aggression and violence against individuals and organizations: causes, consequences, and interventions; The radiating effects of intimate partner violence on occupational stress and well being; The changing nature of job stress: risk and resources; Job characteristics and learning behavior: review and psychological mechanisms; Organizational stress through the lens of conservation of resources (COR) theory; The role of 'happiness' in organizational research: past, present and future directions; and, Display rules and strain in service jobs: what's fairness got to do with it?  It also covers Stress and well being in the context of mentoring processes: new perspectives and directions for future research.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aSocial, group or collective psychology.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aPerrewe, Pamela L.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-3555/4zProduct website URL02692cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720018001880720015002060820014002212450080002352600055003153000011003703650098003813660075004794400047005545000016006015000052006175050762006695160013014315200725014445380020021696500022021896500035022117000023022468560061022699781849500579UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849500579 :cą68.95  a1849500576 :cą68.95  a1058-7497  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFFD12bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a336.222210aAdvances in taxationh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Thomas M. Porcano.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a216 p.  a02b68.95cGBPd00hS 58.68 17.5 68.95 10.27jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in taxation  ;vv. 12,x1058-7497  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762306701, 2000.0 aAccuracy, agreement and aggressiveness in tax reporting: evidence from the Money magazine contests (R.H. Ashton). The effects of multiple accountability pressures on tax return preparation decisions (S.R. Cox, R.R. Radtke). An experimental study of the effects of marital status and family size on tax fairness judgments (A.L. Christensen et al.). Security price reaction to tax law changes: a case of tax amortization of purchased goodwill (S.C. Gara, K.E. Karim). The effect of accountability on the evaluation of evidence: a tax setting (R.C. Hatfield). Incentive effects of the investment tax credit: evidence from analysis' forecasts (E. Plummer). Responsibility for tax return outcomes - an attribution theory approach (D.C. Schisler, S.C. Galbreath).  aDocument  aPresents articles that deal with various aspects of taxation. This book addresses tax policy issues at federal, state, local, or international level.b"Advances in Taxation" publishes articles dealing with all aspects of taxation. Articles can address tax policy issues at the federal, state, local, or international level. The series primarily publishes empirical studies that address compliance, computer usage, education, legal, planning, or policy issues. These studies generally involve interdisciplinary research that incorporates theories from accounting, economics, finance, psychology, and/or sociology. Although empirical studies are primarily published, analytical and historical manuscripts are also welcome.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aTaxation.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aPorcano, Thomas M.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1058-7497/12zProduct website URL02369cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820017002191000021002362450079002572600055003363000011003913650101004023650125005033660078006283660078007064400062007845000016008465000052008625160013009145201003009275380020019306500035019506500022019859781848553132UK-WkNB20100217000000.0cu||||||||||||090721e200907uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848553132 :cą69.95  a1848553137 :cą69.95  a0573-8555  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCK2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a658.83432221 aSlottje, Daniel.10aQuantifying consumer preferencesh[electronic resource] /cDaniel Slottje.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a380 p.  a02b69.95cGBPd00hS 59.53 17.5 69.95 10.42jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2onix-pt  a02b134.95cUSDd00eLocal taxes may applyhZ 134.95 0.0 134.95 0.00jUSkxxumTurpin Distribution Services Ltd2onix-pt  b20090722cIP 20090721jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2UK-WkNB  b20090722cIP 20091012jUSkxxumTurpin Distribution Services Ltd2UK-WkNB 0aContributions to economic analysis  ;vv. 288,x0573-8555  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848553125, 2009.  aDocument  aPresents innovative research on the estimation of demand systems and the measurement of consumer preferences. This title offers research in demand analysis, using modern econometric tools to analyze consumer behavior and estimate demand relationships for well known demand systems. It is suitable for economists and other social scientists.bThis volume presents straightforward, innovative research on the estimation of demand systems and the measurement of consumer preferences. Demand studies and understanding consumer behavior remain two of the most important areas of analysis by practicing applied economists and econometricians. This volume also offers state of the art research in demand analysis, using modern econometric tools to analyze consumer behavior and estimate demand relationships for well known demand systems. This book will be aimed at a broad audience of economists and other social scientists; including generalists, graduate students, private sector economists and others.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aBehavioural economics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch05528cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820014002191000031002332450176002642600055004403000019004953650096005143660075006104400061006855000016007465000052007625051725008145160013025395202386025525380020049386500050049586500023050087000017050317000034050488560060050829781849504119UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504119 :cą58.95  a1849504113 :cą58.95  a1746-9791  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aJMJ2bicssc 7aPSY2eflch04a158.72221 aAshkanasy, Neal M.,d1945-10aIndividual and organizational perspectives on emotion management and displayh[electronic resource] /cNeal M. Ashkanasy, Charmine E.J. Hartel; Edited by Wilfred J. Zerbe.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a356 p. :bill.  a02b58.95cGBPd00hZ 58.95 0.0 58.95 0.00jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch on emotion in organizations ;vv. 2,x1746-9791  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313105, 2006.0 aAbout The Editors. List Of Contributors. Overview: Individual And Organizational Perspectives On Emotion Management And Display. (Wilfred J. Zerbe, Neal M. Ashkanasy, And Charmine E. J. Hartel). Emotional Intelligence And Wise Emotion Regulation In The Workplace. (Stephane Cote, Christopher T. H. Miners, Sue Moon). The Impact Of Emergent Leader Emotionally Competent Behavior On Team Trust, Communication, Engagement, And Effectiveness. (Vanessa Urch Druskat, Anthony T. Pescosolido). Leadership And The Driving Force Of Shame: A Social Constructionist Analysis Of Narrative. (Erika Sauer, Arja Ropo). Beneath The Masks: A Critical Incident Focus On The Emotions Experienced In The Worker / Supervisor Relationship. (Fleur Piper, Nanette Monin). Care In Organizations: A Conceptual Lens To Study Emotions And Capability. (Dorthe Eide). Emotional Affects - Developing Understanding Of Healthcare Organization. (Annabelle Mark). Cultural Differences In Emotional Labor In Flight Attendants. (Celeste M. Brotheridge, Ian Taylor). Emotion Work Across Cultures: A Comparison Between The United States And Germany. (Andrea Fischbach, Katrin Meyer-Gomes, Dieter Zapf, Johannes Rank). A Conceptual Model Of The Effects Of Emotional Labor Strategies On Customer Outcomes. (Markus Groth, Thorsten Hennig-Thurau, Gianfranco Walsh). Customer Emotions In Service Failure And Recovery Encounters. (Janet R. Mccoll-Kennedy, Amy K. Smith). Attribution And Negative Emotion Displays By Service Providers In Problematic Service Interactions. (Kay Yoon, Lorna M. Doucet). How To Feel Rationally: Linking Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy With Components Of Emotional Intelligence. (Matthias Sporrle, Isabell M. Welpe). About The Authors.  aDocument  aAffect and emotion have been recognized as important factors in understanding behavior in organizations. This title includes articles that represent a selection of papers presented at the Fourth International Conference on Emotions and Organizational Life (which was held in London, England, in June, 2004).bAffect and emotion have been recognized as important factors in understanding behavior in organizations, as evidenced by the increasing frequency of special journal issues, themed conferences, and books and articles devoted to the topic. The articles in this volume represent a selection of the best papers presented at the Fourth International Conference on Emotions and Organizational Life (which was held in London, England, in June, 2004), together with invited papers by some of leading scholars in the field. The theme of this volume, 'Individual and Organizational Perspectives on Emotion Management and Display', concerns the management by organizations of the emotions of employees and the effects on individuals. It begins by looking at the effective self-management of emotion and how leaders can use emotions, intelligently and sometimes paradoxically, to foster effective personal and team outcomes, and goes on to examine the nature of emotionally charged incidents between employees and supervisors. The effective management of emotion is particularly relevant to organizational outcomes in service organizations.  Specific chapters look at emotion work performed by employees in hospitality and healthcare organizations, and others consider the role that culture plays in the perceptions of service workers regarding emotion work. Others examine the critical interplay between characteristics of employees, organizational practices, and the emotions that customers experience when service encounters go awry. Finally the volume comes full circle in an examination of how the thinking strategies individuals use can foster 'adaptive emotions' and more emotionally intelligent, constructive responses to workplace stressors. This book features a selection of the best papers presented at the Fourth International Conference on Emotions and Organizational Life (London, UK, June, 2004). It represents a cross-section of cutting-edge research in the field and includes contributions from established leading scholars as well as the 'rising stars' in the field.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOccupational & industrial psychology.2bicssc 7aPsychology.2eflch1 aZerbe, W. J.1 aHartel, Charmine E.J.,d1959-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1746-9791/2zProduct website URL01220cam  22003372a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820016002192450100002352600055003353000011003903650098004013660075004994400067005745000016006415000052006575160013007095380020007226500024007426500035007667000021008018560060008229781849501040UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501040 :cą68.95  a1849501041 :cą68.95  a1475-1488  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFC2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a657.01922210aAdvances in accounting behavioral researchh[electronic resource] /cEdited by James E. Hunton.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a424 p.  a02b68.95cGBPd00hS 58.68 17.5 68.95 10.27jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in accounting behavioral research ;vv. 4,x1475-1488  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762307845, 2001.  aDocument  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aAccounting.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aHunton, James E.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1475-1488/4zProduct website URL03802cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820022002352450102002572600055003593000019004143650098004333660075005314400061006065000016006675000052006835051126007355160013018615201326018745380020032006500042032206500028032626500036032907000029033268560061033559781849501828UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501828 :cą69.95  a1849501823 :cą69.95  a0278-0984  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJE2bicssc 7aKCC2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a380.10285467822210aEconomics of the Internet and E-commerceh[electronic resource] /cVolume editor Michael R. Baye.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a278 p. :bill.  a02b69.95cGBPd00hS 59.53 17.5 69.95 10.42jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in applied micro-economics ;vv. 11,x0278-0984  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762309719, 2002.0 aContents THE IMPACT OF THE INTERNET ON HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL COMPETITION: MARKET EFFICIENCY AND VALUE CHAIN RECONFIGURATION Anita Elberse, Partick Barwise and Kathy Hammond PRICE COMPETITION BETWEEN PURE PLAY VS. BRICKS-AND-CLICKS E-TRAILERS: ANALYTICAL MODEL AND EMPIRICAL ANALYSIS Xing Pan, Venkatesh Shankar and Brian T. Ratchford PRICE DISPERSION THEN AND NOW: EVIDENCE FROM RETAIL AND E-TAIL MARKETS Patrick Scholten and S. Adam Smith BUSINESS-TO-BUSINESS E-COMMERCE: VALUE CREATION, VALUE CAPTURE AND VALUTATION Luis Garicano and Steven N. Kaplan TRUST AMONG STRANGERS IN INTERNET TRANSACTIONS: EMPIRICAL ANALYSIS OF EBAY'S REPUTATION SYSTEM Paul Resnick and Richard Zeckhauser TRANSACTION INNOVATION AND THE ROLE OF THE FIRM Daniel F. Spulber COMBINATORIAL AUCTIONS IN THE INFORMATION AGE: AN EXPERIMENTAL STUDY John Morgan ANALYZING WEBSITE CHOICE USING CLICKSTREAM DATA Avi Goldfarb CONSUMER ACQUISITION OF PRODUCT INFORMATION AND SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE CHANNEL DECISIONS Michael R. Ward and Michelle Morganosky AN ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF MULTIPLE INTERNET QoS CHANNELS Dale O. Stahl, Rui Dai and Andrew B. Whinston.  aDocument  aFocusing on the Internet and e-commerce. This volume examines four broad issues: the role of the Internet in fostering competition, its impact on price dispersion and on business-to-business transactions, and the importance of reputation and trust in the economy.bThe Internet has revolutionized the way consumers and firms interact in the marketplace, and it has dramatically changed the information enjoyed by market participants at various points in the value chain. This volume on the Internet and e-commerce provides academics and practitioners with useful research on the 'glue' that holds the new economy together. The first six chapters of the text examine four broad issues: the role of the Internet in fostering competition, its impact on price dispersion and on business-to-business transactions, and the importance of reputation and trust in the new economy. The last four chapters examine the impact of the Internet on the organization of firms, the efficiency of auctions in the Internet age, how consumers choose websites and acquire product information, and the growing problem of congestion on the Internet. This volume is part of Emerald's "Advances in Applied Microeconomics" series - an annual research volume that seeks to disseminate frontier research well in advance of journals and other outlets.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aE-commerce: business aspects.2bicssc 7aMicroeconomics.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aBaye, Michael R.,d1958-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0278-0984/11zProduct website URL04542cam  22004092a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820015002351000020002502450172002702600055004423000011004973650097005083660075006054400091006805000016007715000052007875052091008395160013029305200958029435380020039016500030039216500042039516500022039937000018040157000031040338560068040649781849504447UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504447 :cą62.95  a184950444X :cą62.95  a0743-4154  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCZ2bicssc 7aKCA2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.092221 aEmmett, Ross B.10aResearch in the history of economic thought and methodologyh[electronic resource] ;bA research annual /cRoss B. Emmett, Jeff E. Biddle; Edited by Warren J. Samuels.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a252 p.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the history of economic thought & methodology  ;vv. 24, Pt. A,x0743-4154  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313495, 2006.0 aFormal modelling VS. insight in Kaleckis theory of the business cycle. (D. Besomi). Conference Report: Notes on the fifth Summer Institute for the Peservation of the Study of the History of Economics. (W. J. Samuels). Review Essays: Dimand and Nylands The Status of Woman in Classical Economic Thought. Pray Clear The Way, There, For These Ah Persons: The Status Of Women In Classical Political Economy, (S. J. Peart). Reconsidering the Place of Women in Classical Economics, (J. Ball). Pelikans Interpreting the Bible and the Constitution. Interpreting the Bible, the U.S. Constitution, and the History of Economic Thought (W J. Samuels). Porta, Scazzieri, and Skinners Knowledge, Social Institutions and the Division of Labour. An Analysis of Some Essays in the History of Economic Thought (L. Montes). Ghazanfars Medieval Islamic Economic Thought: Filling the Great Gap in european economics. (S. Rashid). Bevir and Trentmanns Markets in historical contexts: ideas and politics in the modern world. Market Embeddedness and the History of Economics. (R. Romani). Pullen and Parrys T.R. Malthus: The unpublished papers in the collection of the Kanto Gakuen University. New Light on Malthus: The Kanto Gakuen Collection,. (A.M.C. Waterman). Heyers Harold Innis Postmodernism, H.A. Innis, and the Media of Communication (R. Neill). Harris Sick Economies: Drama, mercantilism, and disease in Shakespeares England. Was Shakespeare an Economic Thinker? (D. Bruster). Corrys David Hilbert and the axiomatization of physics (1898 1918): from grundlagen der geometrie to grundlagen der physic. Getting Hilbert Right. (E.R. Weintraub). Freeman, Kliman and Wells The new value controversy and the foundations of economics. The New Value Controversy. (F. Baragar). Montes Adam Smith in context: A critical reassessment of some central components of his thought. (J. T. Young). Mirowskis The effortless economy of science? Throwing Down the Gauntlet on a Neoclassical Economics of Science. (A. M. McCright). Brakman and Heijdras The monopolistic competition revolution in retrospect. (H. Barreto).  aDocument  aPresents materials in two fields, the history of economic thought, and the methodology of economics. This title also presents review essays, multiple reviews and mini symposia on different works in this field.bThis series presents materials in two fields, the history of economic thought, and the methodology of economics, both broadly considered. The main annual volumes present articles comparable to what one would find in a journal, except that long pieces are welcome. Also presented are review essays on new works in the two fields, some of which are multiple reviews; plus occasional mini-symposia. The archival supplements present hitherto unpublished materials - lecture notes, papers, longer manuscripts, correspondence, etc., - of interest in the two fields. The series presents review essays, multiple reviews and mini symposia on new-works in this field. The volumes are broad in scope and the series fills a substantial gap in this field.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomic history.2bicssc 7aEconomic theory & philosophy.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aBiddle, Jeff.1 aSamuels, Warren J.,d1933-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0743-4154/24 Part 1zProduct website URL01805cam  22003492a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720018001880720015002060820014002212450080002352600055003153000011003703650097003813660075004784400047005535000016006005000052006165160013006685200613006815380020012946500022013146500035013367000023013718560061013949781849501033UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501033 :cą65.95  a1849501033 :cą65.95  a1058-7497  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFFD12bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a336.622210aAdvances in taxationh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Thomas M. Porcano.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a232 p.  a02b65.95cGBPd00hS 56.13 17.5 65.95 9.82jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in taxation  ;vv. 13,x1058-7497  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762307746, 2001.  aDocument  aPresents articles that deal with various aspects of taxation. This book addresses tax policy issues at federal, state, local, or international level.b"Advances in Taxation" publishes articles dealing with all aspects of taxation. Articles can address tax policy issues at federal, state, local, or international level. The series primarily publishes empirical studies that address compliance, computer usage, education, legal, planning, or policy issues. These studies generally involve interdisciplinary research that incorporates theories from accounting, economics, finance, psychology, and/or sociology.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aTaxation.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aPorcano, Thomas M.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1058-7497/13zProduct website URL02583cam  22003492a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720021001880720015002090820020002242450088002442600055003323000011003873650098003983660075004964400061005715000016006325000052006485160013007005201355007135380020020686500038020886500022021267000023021488560062021719781848552616UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848552616 :cą74.95  a1848552610 :cą74.95  a0573-8555  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCBMx1F2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a332.456609522210aAsian economy and Asian moneyh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Manoranjan Dutta.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a388 p.  a02b74.95cGBPd00hS 63.79 17.5 74.95 11.16jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aContributions to economic analysis ;vv. 287,x0573-8555  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848552609, 2009.  aDocument  aPart of the "CEA Series", this book examines the prospects of, the justification for, and the implications of the development of a common Asian currency.bThis is a new volume in the successful and long-running "CEA Series". The Asian Economy with one common Asian Money is a frontier topic of study in supranational macroeconomics. If the Europeanization of Europe has become a historic reality, the Asianization of Asia cannot be far behind. The paradigm of the European Union (EU) has become a learning model for other continents, especially Asia. In Asia, the process was initiated following the Asian financial crisis of 1997-98, when several newly industrialized Asian economies suffered negative rates of growth of gross domestic product (GDP). The three (Japan, China, and Korea) plus five (Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, and the Philippines) came together to became the core members of a new regional group. Their annual meetings became an institutional feature of Asian economic cooperation and regional economic integration. In 2003, the group expanded to become the four (Japan, China, Korea, and India) plus 10 model (the original five plus Myanmar, Cambodia, Laos, Brunei Darussalam, and Viet Nam). The book examines the prospects of, the justification for, and the implications of the development of a common Asian currency.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aMonetary economicszAsia.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aDutta, Manoranjan.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0573-8555/287zProduct website URL04765cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720015002050820016002201000018002362450133002542600055003873000011004423650097004533660075005504400064006255000016006895000052007055051337007575160013020945202024021075380020041316500039041516500035041907000027042257000032042527000022042848560061043069781849503075UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503075 :cą61.95  a1849503079 :cą61.95  a1041-7060  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFCP2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a657.8352221 aTinker, Tony.10aRe-inventing realitiesh[electronic resource] /cTony Tinker, Barbara Dubis Merino, Marilyn Neimark; Edited by Cheryl R. Lehman.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a238 p.  a02b61.95cGBPd00hS 52.72 17.5 61.95 9.23jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in public interest accounting ;vv. 10,x1041-7060  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762311545, 2004.0 aAccounting and the Problematique of Imperialism: Alternative Methodological Approaches to Empirical Research in Accounting in Developing Countries. (Owolabi M. Bakre). The Impact of Accounting on the Development of Writing and Numbering and the Correlation to Piaget's Experiments. (S.J. Baxendale, A.W. Faircloth). Accounting for Money: The Fair Value of Cash Assets and Deposit Liabilities. (B. Bergman). Bill and Hold Sales, Channel Stuffing, and Lots of Returns: The Effects of Revenue, Inventories and Receivables. (A.A. Cherry). The Effect of Media Publicity on Business Students Perceptions of Earnings Management. (R. Elias). Carbon Dioxide Emissions and Disclosures by Electric Utilities. (M. Freedman, B. Jaggi). Environmental Reporting and Resurrection of Social Accounting. (M. Freedman, A.J. Stagliano). The Tension between Accountors and Accountees: Evidence from the Reformed New Zealand Electricity Industry. (J. Hooks, D. Coy, H. Davey). The Economics of Accounting Crime. (F. Okcabol). Book Review of: Accounting and Emancipation: Some Critical Interventions. (T. Tinker). Reply to Critique of: Accounting and Emancipation: Some Critical Interventions. Some Good Questions, Some Inappropriate Targets? (S. Gallhofer, J. Haslam). Toppling Cultural Icons: Polish Women's Art Examines Gender and Democracy. (S. Penn).  aDocument  aAims to provide a forum for researchers concerned with critically appraising and transforming conventional accounting theory, practice, teaching and research. This work also aims to increase the social self-awareness of accounting practitioners and researchers, encouraging them to assume a greater responsibility for the profession's social role.b"Advances in Public Interest Accounting" is a research publication with two major aims. First, it aims to provide a forum for researchers concerned with critically appraising and significantly transforming conventional accounting theory, practice, teaching and research. Second, it aims to increase the social self-awareness of accounting practitioners, educators, and researchers, encouraging them to assume a greater responsibility for the profession's social role. We seek original manuscripts exploring all facets of this broad agenda. Illustrative of these aims, authors are concerned with: expanding accounting's focus beyond the behavior of individual corporate entities, encompassing the conflicts of interest within the accounting-regulatory process and effected groups; exploring alternatives to traditional economic and sociology models, beyond conventional efficiency and profitability measures of corporate performance; and, recognizing and examining the influences of gender and feminist theory, class and race, on accounting practice, education, and research.  They are also concerned with: incorporating the significance of accounting as a communicative practice, as social dialogue, and as a social arbiter; recognizing and examining the effect of accounting practice on environmental issues and on the externalities imposed on local and global communities; examining accounting's participation in multinational expansion, consolidations, and changing economies undergoing transformations, such as Eastern and Central Europe and the Former Soviet Union, and the European Community; and, addressing the impact of new advances in information technologies.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aPublic finance accounting.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aMerino, Barbara Dubis.1 aNeimark, Marilyn Kleinberg.1 aLehman, Cheryl R.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1041-7060/10zProduct website URL02186cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230400026001480720016001740720016001900720015002060820016002211000025002372450151002622600055004133000011004683650097004793660075005764400081006515000016007325000052007485160013008005200778008135380020015916500024016116500060016356500035016957000022017308560060017529781849505192UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849505192 :cą57.99  a1849505195 :cą57.99  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFC2bicssc 7aJNM2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a657.0712221 aCatanach, Anthony H.10aAdvances in accounting educationh[electronic resource] ;bTeaching and curriculum innovations /cAnthony H. Catanach; Edited by Bill N. Schwartz.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a340 p.  a02b57.99cGBPd00hS 49.35 17.5 57.99 8.64jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in accounting education teaching and curriculum innovations ;vv. 9  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762314584, 2008.  aDocument  aHelps meet the needs of faculty members interested in ways to improve their classroom instruction. This title includes articles that emphasize pedagogy, explaining how faculty members can improve their teaching methods or how accounting units can improve their curricula/programs.b"Advances in Accounting Education" is a refereed, academic research annual whose purpose is to help meet the needs of faculty members interested in ways to improve their classroom instruction. We publish thoughtful, well-developed articles that are readable, relevant and reliable. Articles may be either empirical or non-empirical. They emphasize pedagogy, i.e., explaining how faculty members can improve their teaching methods or how accounting units can improve their curricula/programs.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aAccounting.2bicssc 7aHigher & further education, tertiary education.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aSchwartz, Bill N.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1085-4622/9zProduct website URL03729cam  22004092a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720016002050720015002210820016002361000023002522450136002752600055004113000019004663650097004853660075005824400069006575000016007265000052007425051168007945160013019625201111019755380020030866500043031066500029031496500035031787000023032137000023032368560060032599781849504317UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504317 :cą62.95  a1849504318 :cą62.95  a1529-2096  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFFN2bicssc 7aKJG2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a368.0012221 aPrimeaux, Patrick.10aInsurance ethics for a more ethical worldh[electronic resource] /cPatrick Primeaux, William Ferguson; Edited by Patrick Flanagan.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a292 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in ethical issues in organizations  ;vv. 7,x1529-2096  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313334, 2007.0 aChapter 1: Introduction: Insurance Ethics for a More Ethical World.-- Chapter 2: Spitzers Allegations of Unethical/Illegal Behavior: Has the Insurance Industrys Ethical Environment Really Changed Dramatically?-- Chapter 3: AIG: Accounting and Ethical Lapses.-- Chapter 4: Insurance Ethics, an oxymoron?-- Chapter 5: Responsibility Sharing (Elements of a Framework for Understanding Insurance Business Ethics).-- Chapter 6: Insurance, Risk Assessment and Fairness: An Ethical Analysis.-- Chapter 7: Reasonable Restrictions on Underwriting.-- Chapter 8: Health Insurance: Economic and Ethical Issues.-- Chapter 9: A Medical Dilemma: How Should Physicians Respond to Patients Questions About Pay?-- Chapter 10: An Eye for An Eye: Investigating the Impact of Consumer Perception of Corporate Unfairness on Aberrant Consumer Behavior.-- Chapter 11: A Cross-Cultural Comparison of the Ethical Environments of the U.S. and South Korean Life Insurance Markets.-- Chapter 12: At the Movies with the Health Insurance Industry: Ethical & Environmental Issues.-- Chapter 13: Walker Percy: A Prophet fro Profit-Makers.-- Chapter 14: Workplace Romances: A Platonic Perspective.  aDocument  aExplores the central role of organizational ethics in creating and sustaining a flourishing, pluralistic, free enterprise economy. This title examines how profit seeking and not-for-profit organizations can be conceived and designed to satisfy legitimate human needs in an ethical and meaningful way.bThis series explores the central and unique role of organizational ethics in creating and sustaining a flourishing, pluralistic, free enterprise economy. It examines how profit seeking and not-for-profit organizations can be conceived and designed to satisfy legitimate human needs in an ethical and meaningful way. The authors submit rigorous research studies from a wide variety of academic perspectives including: business management, philosophy, sociology, psychology, religion, accounting, finance, and marketing. It focuses on ethical issues in the insurance industry and includes a variety of disciplines with authors from over 30 countries. The papers were selected from the best presentations at the Twelfth Annual International Conference Promoting Business Ethics, held Oct. 2005 in Manhattan.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aInsurance & actuarial studies.2bicssc 7aBusiness ethics.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aFlanagan, Patrick.1 aFerguson, William.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1529-2096/7zProduct website URL02555cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820015002352450089002502600055003393000013003943650098004073660075005054400085005805000016006655000052006815050400007335160013011335200810011465380020019566500030019766500042020066500022020487000031020708560068021019781849501965UK-WkNB20100216000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501965 :cą67.95  a1849501963 :cą67.95  a0743-4154  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCZ2bicssc 7aKCA2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.0922210aHistories of economic thoughth[electronic resource] /cEdited by Warren J. Samuels.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a278 p. :  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the history of economic thought & methodology  ;vv. 21B,x0743-4154  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762309979, 2003.0 aAn 1880 list of references in economics (W.J. Samuels). Charles Henry Hull's syllabus of lectures on the history of economic theories, Cornell university, 1895 (W.J. Samuels). Walton H. Hamilton's outlines for the principles of economics, University of Michigan, 1911 (W.J. Samuels). Lectures by James S. Earley on the development of economics, University of Wisconsin, 1954-1955 (W.J. Samuels).  aDocument  aPresents documents pertinent to the history of economic thought: a list of references in economics dating from 1880; a syllabus of lectures on the history of economics given by C H Hull in Cornell University in 1895; and, the outlines for Walton H Hamilton's Principles of Economics course in the University of Michigan, 1911.bIn this work, four documents pertinent to the history of economic thought are published for the first time: a list of references in economics dating from 1880; a syllabus of lectures on the history of economics given by C.H. Hull in Cornell University in 1895; the outlines for Walton H. Hamilton's Principles of Economics course in the University of Michigan, 1911; and, notes taken in James S. Earley's course on the Development of Economics, 1954-1955, by Warren J. Samuels.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomic history.2bicssc 7aEconomic theory & philosophy.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSamuels, Warren J.,d1933-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0743-4154/21 Part 2zProduct website URL03769cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720015002050820016002202450100002362600055003363000013003913650098004043660075005024400071005775000016006485000052006645050617007165160013013335201882013465380020032286500040032486500036032887000022033248560061033469781849502306UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502306 :cą70.95  a1849502307 :cą70.95  a1069-0964  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJMD2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.80222210aEvaluating marketing actions and outcomesh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Arch G. Woodside.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a672 p. :  a02b70.95cGBPd00hS 60.38 17.5 70.95 10.57jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in business marketing and purchasing ;vv. 12,x1069-0964  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310463, 2003.0 aWhere is the action?, P. Andersson, H. Kjellberg-- narratives and case process research, P. Andersson-- integrating marketing models with quality functional deployment, S. Aungst et al-- stakeholder value creation and firm success, O. Koll-- building effective buyer-seller dyadic relationships, M.W. Preis et al-- trust and business-to-business e-commerce communications and performance, P. Ratnasingam-- examining internationalization of the professional services firm, M.A. Skaates-- business-to-business customer value and satisfaction, R.B. Woodruff, D.J. Flint-- meta-evaluation, A.G. Woodside, M.Y. Sakai.  aDocument  aExecutive thinking differs fundamentally from scientific thinking in fundamental ways. This book helps executives to learn how to reduce overconfidence, and to become more mindful, in making decisions and in learning how to scientifically evaluate the quality of outcomes that follow from implementing decisions.bWhat's really happening? For an organization this question contains at least four sub issues: What actions are being done now help to increase the organization's performance? What actions are wasted motions - what are we doing that does not contribute and wastes our time? What actions harm the organization's performance - what actions are counterproductive in helping the organization achieve what really needs to be accomplished? And, what actions are we not doing now but really should be doing to increase the organization's performance? A fifth, related, sub issue is how to go about finding out what is really happening - what research methods should executives use, as well as avoid using, to go about finding this out. Executive thinking differs fundamentally from scientific thinking in fundamental ways. Scientists and academic researchers are able to choose the problem, whereas in organizations, the problems (and symptoms of problems) are often thrust upon the executive. Scientists focus on a limited number of problems at a time, whereas executives are confronted with a vast number of potential problems and a myriad of possible presentation problem frames.  Scientists have the relative luxury of time to explore the problem at hand, whereas executives, particularly CEOs, do not. The intention is for this volume to be read by executives wanting to learn how to reduce overconfidence, and to become more mindful, in making decisions and in learning how to scientifically evaluate the quality of outcomes that follow from implementing decisions.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aManagement decision making.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aWoodside, Arch G.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1069-0964/12zProduct website URL04828cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820015002191000033002342450133002672600055004003000019004553650097004743660075005714400062006465000016007085000052007245051890007765160013026665201530026795380020042096500047042296500036042767000025043127000016043377000017043538560060043709781849504546UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504546 :cą62.95  a1849504547 :cą62.95  a1534-0856  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJU2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a302.352221 aMannix, Elizabeth A.,d1960-10aNational culture and groupsh[electronic resource] /cElizabeth A. Mannix, Margaret Ann Neale, R. Wageman; Edited by Ya-Ru Chen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a384 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch on managing groups and teams ;vv. 9,x1534-0856  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313624, 2006.0 aLIST OF CONTRIBUTORS NATIONAL CULTURE AND GROUPS: AN INTRODUCTION Ya-Ru Chen-- PART I: COMPARING GROUP PROCESSES ACROSS CULTURES Toward an Understanding of Psychological Distance Reduction Between Generations: A Cross-cultural Perspective Morela Hernandez, Ya-Ru Chen, and Kimberly A. Wade-Benzoni Culture and Control: How Independent and Interdependent Selves Experience Agency and Constraint Tanya Menon, and Jeanne Ho-Ying Fu Power, Culture, and Action: Considerations in the Expression and Enactment of Power in East Asian and Western Societies Chen-Bo Zhong, Joe C. Magee, William W. Maddux, and Adam D. Galinsky A Model of Paternalistic Organizational Control and Group Creativity Jing Zhou Dynamics of Trust in Guanxi Networks Roy Yong-Joo Chua and Michael W. Morris Temporality in negotiations: A cultural perspective Sungu Armagan, Manuel P. Ferreira, Bryan L. Bonner, and Gerardo A. Okhuysen Culture, Affect, and Social Influence in Decision Making Groups Lu Wang, Lorna Doucet, Gregory Northcraft Question Comprehension and Response: Implications of Individualism and Collectivism Ayse K. Uskul amd Daphna Oyserman-- PART II: GROUP PROCESSES IN MULTI-CULTURAL SETTINGS Managing the Intercultural Interface: Third Cultures, Antecedents, and Consequences Wendi Adair, Catherine Tinsley, and Masako Taylor Managing Challenges in Multicultural Teams Kristin Behfar, Mary Kern, and Jeanne Brett An Emotion Process Model for Multicultural Teams Hillary Anger Elfenbein and Aiwa Shirako Cultural Intelligence and the Multinational Team Experience: Does the Experience of Working in a Multinational Team Improve Cultural Intelligence Lisa M. Moynihan, Randall S. Peterson, and P. Christopher Earley Global Work Culture and Global Identity, as a Platform for a Shared Understanding in Multicultural Teams Efrat Shokef and Miriam Erez Bringing Culture to the Table Marilynn B. Brewer.  aDocument  aAddresses two broad questions: Do our theories of groups and teams functioning apply universally? And how do our theories apply, if at all, in multicultural settings? This book investigates group processes in a multi-cultural environment that is a global company.bThis volume is based on the premise that in an era of rapid globalization, while there is a great deal of convergence on many aspects of group processes and interactions across national cultures, it is the understanding and appreciation of the divergence among people of different national cultural backgrounds that make all the difference. Contributors to this volume address two broad important questions: Do our theories of groups and teams functioning apply universally? And how do our theories apply, if at all, in multicultural settings? In addition, this volume highlights new exciting topics in the cross-cultural area: power, time, creativity, emotions, networks, and multi-cultural diversity. Together, the chapters attest to the fact that study of national culture is flourishing and important. It not only informs but also modifies and enriches theories and research of group processes and social behavior. The collective effort in this book should stimulate further inquiry regarding the role of national culture in the increasingly globalized human experience. This book features an international representation. It addresses a variety of group processes.  It investigates group processes in a multi-cultural environment (i.e., a global company).  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aNeale, Margaret Ann.1 aWageman, R.1 aChen, Ya-Ru.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1534-0856/9zProduct website URL03017cam  22004092a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720016002030720015002190820017002341000026002512450106002772600055003833000011004383650098004493650125005473660075006724400059007475000016008065000052008225160013008745201516008875380020024036500023024236500023024466500031024696500022025007000024025228560061025469781848554870UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090807e200909uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848554870 :cą74.95  a1848554877 :cą74.95  a0742-3322  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKC2bicssc 7aKJC2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.15522221 aNickerson, Jackson A.10aEconomic institutions of strategyh[electronic resource] /cJackson A. Nickerson, Brian S. Silverman.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a576 p.  a02b74.95cGBPd00hS 63.79 17.5 74.95 11.16jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  a02b144.95cUSDd00eLocal taxes may applyhZ 144.95 0.0 144.95 0.00jUSkxxumEmerald Group Publishing Limited2onix-pt  b20090930cIP 20090929jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in strategic management  ;vv. 26,x0742-3322  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848554863, 2009.  aDocument  aOffers an interconnected set of papers that reviews and extends the economic institutional approach to business and corporate strategy bringing together the strands of institutional economics-based strategy research. This title focuses on institutional economics' insights regarding diversification, alliances, franchising, and geographic location.bSince the publication of Oliver Williamson's "Economic Institutions of Capitalism" in 1985, new institutional economics approaches have increasingly been used to understand strategic challenges. "Economic Institutions of Strategy (EIS)" offers an interconnected set of papers that reviews and extends the economic institutional approach to business and corporate strategy bringing together the disparate strands of new institutional economics-based strategy research in a single comprehensive source. The contributors to this volume focus on new institutional economics' insights regarding diversification, alliances, franchising, geographic location, innovation, and other strategic choices. Each contributor uses either a single influential article - with excerpts reprinted - or a survey of the literature to ask and answer three questions: What is the current state of the art in new institutional economics' contribution to fundamental strategic questions? Where has this approach succeeded most, and what gaps remain? And, most important, what are the most fruitful paths to future research at the intersection of new institutional economics and strategy?  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 0aBusiness planning. 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aBusiness strategy.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSilverman, Brian S.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/7423-3222/26zProduct website URL02292cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820015002351000018002502450151002682600055004193000011004743650097004853660075005824400085006575000016007425000052007585160013008105200838008235380020016616500030016816500042017116500022017537000020017757000031017958560068018269781846639098UK-WkNB20100216000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781846639098 :cą57.99  a1846639093 :cą57.99  a0743-4154  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCZ2bicssc 7aKCA2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.092221 aBiddle, Jeff.10aResearch in the history of economic thought and methodologyh[electronic resource] /cJeff E. Biddle, Ross B. Emmett; Edited by Warren J. Samuels.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a260 p.  a02b57.99cGBPd00hS 49.35 17.5 57.99 8.64jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the history of economic thought & methodology  ;vv. 26C,x0743-4154  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781846639043, 2008.  aDocument  aContains five sets of lectures taken by Glenn Johnson as a doctoral student in economics at the University of Chicago during 1946-7. This volume includes notes by Mark Ladenson at Northwestern and from a faculty seminar at MSU on comparative method.bVolume 26C contains five sets of lectures taken by Glenn Johnson as a doctoral student in economics at the University of Chicago during 1946-7. Johnson went on to become a leading professor of agricultural economics at Michigan State University. At Chicago his professors were among the foremost in the country. They included Frank Knight, Milton Friedman, D. Gale Johnson, John U. Nef, and T. W. Schultz, several future Nobel Prize winners. Also included are notes by Mark Ladenson (also from Michigan State) at Northwestern and from a faculty seminar at MSU on comparative method.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomic history.2bicssc 7aEconomic theory & philosophy.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aEmmett, Ross B.1 aSamuels, Warren J.,d1933-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0743-4154/26 Part 3zProduct website URL03645cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820016002192450083002352500020003182600055003383000019003933650098004123660075005104400080005855000016006655000052006815050829007335160013015625201530015755380020031056500030031256500036031557000020031918560060032119781849502672UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502672 :cą71.95  a1849502676 :cą71.95  a1074-7540  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJH2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.42122210aCorporate entrepreneurshiph[electronic resource] /cEdited by Jerome A. Katz.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a244 p. :bill.  a02b71.95cGBPd00hS 61.23 17.5 71.95 10.72jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in entrepreneurship, firm emergence and growth ;vv. 7,x1074-7540  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762311040, 2004.0 aAn Introduction to the topic of Corporate Entrepreneurship-- Corporate entrepreneurship behavior among managers: A review of theory, research, and practice-- Central Problems in Managing Corporate Innovation and Entrepreneurship-- The relevance of theories of change for corporate entrepreneurship scholars-- Equifinality, corporate entrepreneurship, and strategy-structure performance relationships-- International Corporate Entrepreneurship and the Evolution of Organizational Competence: A Knowledge-Based Perspective-- Internationalizing Corporate Entrepreneurship: The Impact on Global HR Management-- Achieving "Critical Mess" in Entrepreneurship Scholarship-- Can signal detection theory be useful in the study of entrepreneurship?-- Signal detection theory and the entrepreneur: Clarification, extension, and future.  aDocument  aReviews theory, research, and practice of corporate entrepreneurship and the behavior of managers. This book describes a general systems perspective for exploring the relationship among strategy-structure-performance and corporate entrepreneurship.bWith an established body of literature on innovation and corporate entrepreneurship, this volume of "Advances in Entrepreneurship, Firm Emergence and Growth" turns to some of the leading and most promising scholars in the field to map out where we have been and provide some direction on where scholarship on this topic should proceed in the future. Topics include: a review of theory, research, and practice on corporate entrepreneurship and the behavior of managers; the central problems of managing innovation and corporate entrepreneurship and the central problems of longitudinal research on the topic; the different theoretical lens for investigating corporate entrepreneurship and the resulting research possibilities; a general systems perspective for exploring the relationship among strategy-structure-performance and corporate entrepreneurship; and international corporate entrepreneurship in terms of a knowledge-based source of competitive advantage and implications for a model of human resource management.  This volume also continues the discussion of previous volumes with a provocative discussion of how to advance the field of entrepreneurship by Bill Gartner and a commentary and response to work on a signal detection theory approach to entrepreneurship.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEntrepreneurship.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aKatz, Jerome A.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1074-7540/7zProduct website URL04069cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820014002192450088002332600055003213000019003763650098003953660075004934400070005685000016006385000052006545051591007065160013022975201211023105380020035216500048035416500036035897000022036258560060036479781849500432UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849500432 :cą74.95  a1849500436 :cą74.95  a1069-0964  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJM2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.422210aGetting better at sensemakingh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Arch G. Woodside.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a512 p. :bill.  a02b74.95cGBPd00hS 63.79 17.5 74.95 11.16jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in business marketing and purchasing ;vv. 9,x1069-0964  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762306336, 2001.0 aCompetence-based business processes within industrial networks: a theoretical and empirical analysis (K. Alajoutsijarvi, H. Tikkanen). Studies on industrial marketing change processes: a theoretical review and suggestive framework (P. Andersson). Management of the market research client/agency relationship (R. Brennan). Qualitative methods in business studies (T. Damgaard et al.). Negotiating international industrial projects: MNCs vs. emerging markets (P.N. Ghauri). Global integration of marketing R&D: IBM's Haifa Research Laboratory and its 'webcutter' technology (M. Hortwich et al.). Using case studies for theory testing in business-to-business research: the development of a more rigorous case study methodology (W.J. Johnston et al.). Development of measures to assess customer perceived value in a business-to-business context (J. Lapierre). Methods of country risk assessment for international market-entry decision (J.B. Levy, E. Yoon). Judgmental heuristics in overseas vendor search evaluation: a proposed model of importer buying behavior (Neng Liang, R.L. Stump). Research on business-to-business barter in Australia (P.W. Leisch, D. Birch). Business marketing as 'politics': identifying and managing political buying situations (K.K.E. Moller). Portfolio of supplier-customer relationships (R. Salle et al.). Ingredient branding: perspectives and problems of brand development in business-to-business endorser relations (K. Theile, W. Burr). Integration of qualitative and quantitative research approaches in business-to-business marketing (G.A. Wuhrer, T. Werani).  aDocument  aOffers knowledge, skills, and insights helpful for improving the executive's ability to do what needs to be done: scan environments better to find the weak signals on breakthrough technologies; understand shifts in customers' attitudes and behaviors; and, observe changes in behaviors of suppliers, governments, and other stakeholder groups.bThis work's 16 contributions fill the mind with knowledge, skills, and insights useful for improving the executive's ability to do what needs to be done: scan environments better to find the weak signals on breakthrough technologies; understand shifts in customers' attitudes and behaviors; observe changes in behaviors of suppliers, governments, and other stakeholder groups; frame problems/opportunities better by deepening understanding on how we go about making sense of what is happening and can be made to happen; decide better by gaining deep knowledge on how decisions are actually made and can be improved (e.g., via systems thinking and simulating system operations to uncover powerful levers previously unrecognized); and, do better by applying new tools to learn what is really happening when planned strategies are converted into realized strategies.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aManagement & management techniques.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aWoodside, Arch G.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1069-0964/9zProduct website URL03268cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720015002030820015002181000018002332450091002512600055003423000011003973650098004083660075005064400085005815000016006665000052006825051289007345160013020235200694020365380020027306500023027506500022027737000031027958560068028269781849502573UK-WkNB20100216000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502573 :cą85.95  a1849502579 :cą85.95  a0743-4154  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKC2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.092221 aBiddle, Jeff.10aResearch annualh[electronic resource] /cJeff E. Biddle; Edited by Warren J. Samuels.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a454 p.  a02b85.95cGBPd00hS 73.15 17.5 85.95 12.80jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the history of economic thought & methodology  ;vv. 22A,x0743-4154  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310890, 2004.0 aAbbreviated. Dynamics, trade and money in the correspondence between Roy Harrod and Dennis Robertson (D. Besomi). Keynes, uncertainty and the competitive process (S.P. Dunn). The prudence of projectors: Adam Smith's premonition of financial fragility and the origins of monetary policy (J. Toporowski). Catalysing growth?: Mendeleev and the 1891 tariff (V. Barnett). Veblen at Chicago: The winds of creativity (G.M. Hodgson). John Maurice Clark and the multiplier: A note (L. Fiorito). Roundtable on the Historiography of Institutional Economics. Introduction and summary (D. Hammond, W.J. Samuels). Institutional economics: The term and its meanings (M. Rutherford). Is institutionalism still a useful category? (R.B. Emmett). Institutional economics as a category for historical analysis (W.J. Samuels). Why institutional economics matters as a category of historical analysis (B.W. Bateman). J. Daniel Hammond, Norma Jeane Mortenson and American institutionalism: A view from the top row (S.G. Medema). The Buchanan Colloquium on the status of the status quo: Reports on a conference. The status of the status quo: The Buchanan Colloquium (W.J. Samuels). The problem of the status of the status quo: Some comments (W.J. Samuels). 13 review essays on various recent published books.  aDocument  aIncludes papers on Harrod and Robertson; Adam Smith; Keynes; Mendeleev; Veblen; and, J M Clark. This work deals with the historiography of institutional economics during the inter-war period. It features two papers on a conference on the status of the status quo.bThis work contains four sets of refereed essays. One group includes papers on Harrod and Robertson; Adam Smith; Keynes; Mendeleev; Veblen; and, J. M. Clark. The second group has six papers on the historiography of institutional economics during the inter-war period. The third group has two papers on a conference on the status of the status quo. The fourth group has thirteen essays each reviewing one or more recent works.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSamuels, Warren J.,d1933-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0743-4154/22 Part 1zProduct website URL04813cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720016002050720015002210820014002361000021002502450103002712600055003743000019004293650098004483660075005464400050006215000016006715000052006875051285007395160013020245202188020375380020042256500029042456500026042746500036043007000018043368560061043549781849501422UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501422 :cą71.95  a1849501424 :cą71.95  a0731-9053  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJSM2bicssc 7aKCH2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.82221 aMontgomery, A.L.10aEconometric models in marketingh[electronic resource] /cA.L. Montgomery; Edited by P.H. Franses.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a360 p. :bill.  a02b71.95cGBPd00hS 61.23 17.5 71.95 10.72jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in econometrics ;vv. 16,x0731-9053  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762308576, 2002.0 aIntroduction (P.H. Franses, A.L. Montgomery). The role of stated intentions in new product purchase forecasting (C. Hsiao, B. Sun, V.G. Morwitz). Discrete choice models incorporating revealed preferences and psychometric data (S. Chib, P.B. Seetharaman, A. Strijnev). Advances in Optimum experimental design for conjoint analysis and discrete choice models (H. Grosmann, H. Holling, R. Schwabe). A decision theoretic framework for profit maximization in direct marketing (L. Muus, H. van der Scheer, T. Wansbeek). New and improved direct marketing: a non-parametric approach (J.S. Racine). Estimating market level multiplicative models of promotion effects with linearly aggregated data: a parametric approach. (A.C. Bemmaor, U. Wagner). Market structure across stores: an application of a random coefficients logit model with store level data (P. Chintagunta, J.P. Dube, V. Singh). Econometric analysis of the market share attraction model (D. Fok, P.H. Franses, R. Paap). Reflecting uncertainty about econometric theory when estimating consumer demand (A. Montgomery). A study of spurious regression and model discrimination in the generalized bass model (F.M. Bass, S. Srinivasan). Using stochastic frontier analysis for performance measurement and benchmarking (L.J. Parsons).  aDocument  aPresents twelve papers discussing the interface between Marketing and Econometrics. This book introduces the models for analysing marketing data.bIn the 16th Edition of "Advances in Econometrics", we present twelve papers discussing the current interface between Marketing and Econometrics. The authors are leading scholars in the fields and introduce the latest models for analysing marketing data. The papers are representative of the types of problems and methods that are used within the field of marketing. Marketing focuses on the interaction between the firm and the consumer. Economics encompasses this interaction as well as many others. Economics, along with psychology and sociology, provides a theoretical foundation for marketing. Given the applied nature of marketing research, measurement and quantitative issues arise frequently. Quantitative marketing tends to rely heavily upon statistics and econometrics. However, quantitative marketing can place a different emphasis upon the problem than econometrics, even when using the same techniques. A basic difference between quantitative marketing research and econometrics tends to be the pragmatism that is found in many marketing studies. Another important motivating factor in marketing research is the type of data that is available.  Applied econometrics tends to rely heavily on data collected by governmental organizations. In contrast, marketing often uses data collected by private firms or marketing research firms. Observational and survey data are quite similar to those used in econometrics. However, the remaining types of data, panel and transactional, can look quite different from what may be familiar to econometricians. The automation and computerization of much of the sales transaction process leaves an audit trail that results in huge quantities of data. A popular area of study is the use of scanner data collected at the checkout stand using bar code readers. Methods that work for small data sets may not work well in these larger data sets. In addition, new sources of data, such as clickstream data from a web site, will offer new challenges. This volume addresses these and related issues.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aMarket research.2bicssc 7aEconometrics.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aFranses, P.H.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0731-9053/16zProduct website URL02557cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720017002050720015002220820020002371000020002572450082002772600055003593000011004143650097004253660075005224400060005975000016006575000052006735160013007255201260007385380020019986500034020186500040020526500031020928560060021239781848556751UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090807e200908uuxxk    gs|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848556751 :cą59.95  a1848556756 :cą59.95  a1745-3542  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKNSH2bicssc 7aKNSP2bicssc 7aTRV2eflch04a338.47647942221 aChen, Joseph S.10aAdvances in hospitality and leisureh[electronic resource] /cJoseph S. Chen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a230 p.  a02b59.95cGBPd00hS 51.02 17.5 59.95 8.93jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090802cIP 20090807jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in hospitality and leisure ;vv. 5,x1745-3542  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848556744, 2009.  aDocument  aDelivers refreshing insights from a host of scientific investigations pertaining to hospitality, leisure, and tourism while rendering an academic forum to stimulate discussion on literature, contemporary issues and emerging trends essential to theory advancement as well as professional practices from a global perspective.b"Advances in Hospitality and Leisure (AHL)", a peer-review journal published annually, is seeking to deliver refreshing insights from a host of scientific investigations pertaining to hospitality, leisure, and tourism while rendering an academic forum to stimulate discussion on current literature, contemporary issues and emerging trends essential to theory advancement as well as professional practices from a global perspective. The main focus of this journal is to divulge the innovative methods of inquiry so as to inspire new research topics that are vital and have been in large neglected. "AHL" strives to address the needs of the populace willing to disseminate seminal ideas, concepts, and theories derived from scholarly inquiries. Potential readers may retrieve useful texts helping outline new research agendas, suggest viable topics for a dissertation work, and augment the knowledge of the new subjects of learning.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aHospitality industry.2bicssc 7aSport & leisure industries.2bicssc 7aTravel and Tourism.2eflch4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1745-3542/5zProduct website URL02955cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820015002191000027002342450163002612600055004243000019004793650097004983660075005954400081006705000016007515000052007675160013008195201499008325380020023316500030023516500036023817000019024177000018024367000022024547000020024768560061024969781849504331UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504331 :cą62.95  a1849504334 :cą62.95  a1074-7540  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJH2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a338.042221 aDuin, Patrick van der.10aCyclic nature of innovationh[electronic resource] ;bConnecting hard sciences with soft values /cPatrick van der Duin [et al.]; Volume editor Guus Berkhout.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a192 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in entrepreneurship, firm emergence and growth ;vv. 17,x1074-7540  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313365, 2007.  aDocument  aContains topics that include various aspects of entrepreneurial behavior - the determinants of research and development, intellectual property concerns, innovation within and across firms, the effect of government regulation and tax policies, patenting and other property rights issues, organizational factors, and market structure effects.bThis series aims to present the latest research on entrepreneurship and innovation and the impact on economic performance. Research topics covered include all aspects of entrepreneurial behavior - the determinants of research and development, intellectual property concerns, innovation within and across firms, the effect of government regulation and tax policies, patenting and other property rights issues, organizational factors, market structure effects, marketing strategies, entrepreneurship programs and other educational activities, and the relative performance of entrepreneurial firms. The disciplines covered include economics, marketing, management, finance, and history. The target audience includes both academics and practicing entrepreneurs. The overall objective is to disseminate research in a clear and effective manner to promote communication between the business and academic communities and to foster entrepreneurship within the society. A volume is published annually. It presents the latest research on entrepreneurship/innovation and the impact on economic performance. This book series is available electronically at website.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEntrepreneurship.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aHartmann, Dap.1 aOrtt, Roland.1 aLibecape, Gary D.1 aBerkhout, Guus.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1048-4736/17zProduct website URL02596cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820014002191000023002332450120002562600055003763000011004313650097004423660075005394400085006145000016006995000052007155160013007675201289007805380020020696500030020896500022021197000031021418560062021729781848556614UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090807e200907uuxxk    gs|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848556614 :cą59.95  a1848556616 :cą59.95  a0743-4154  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCZ2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.12221 aJohnson, Marianne.10aDocuments from Glenn Johnson and F. Taylor Ostranderh[electronic resource] /cMarianne Johnson, Warren J. Samuels.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a204 p.  a02b59.95cGBPd00hS 51.02 17.5 59.95 8.93jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090709cIP 20090807jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the history of economic thought & methodology  ;vv. 27C,x0743-4154  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848556607, 2009.  aDocument  aConsists of documents from Glenn Johnson and F Taylor Ostrander. This title includes: notes from lectures by James E Meade on the linking of monetary theory with the pure theory of value; notes from the Socialist Club at the Cafe Verique in Geneva (Summer 1931); and, correspondence between Frank H Knight and F Taylor Ostrander.bVolume 27C of "Research in the History of Economic Thought and Methodology" consists of documents from Glenn Johnson and F. Taylor Ostrander. Part I includes: notes from lectures by James E. Meade on the linking of monetary theory with the pure theory of value (Oxford University, 1932-1933); notes from the Socialist Club at the Cafe Verique in Geneva (Summer 1931); correspondence between Frank H. Knight and F. Taylor Ostrander; index to the Treasury Department papers of F. Taylor Ostrander; and, notes on the long and wide-ranging career of F. Taylor Ostrander. Part II presents: Glenn Johnson's notes from courses at the University of Chicago (1946); notes from Lloyd Mints' course on money and banking, economics 330 (Fall 1946); incomplete course notes from Milton Friedman's price theory, economics 300B, University of Chicago (Spring 1947); and, notes from seminars by John R. Hicks and Tjalling Koopmans, University of Chicago (October 1946).  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomic history.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSamuels, Warren J.,d1933-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0743-4154/27CzProduct website URL04786cam  22004212a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720015002030720018002180720015002360820015002511000032002662450144002982600055004423000011004973650097005083660075006054400083006805000016007635000052007795051767008315160013025985201517026115380020041286500043041486500023041916500047042146500021042617000022042828560060043049781849503082UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503082 :cą66.95  a1849503087 :cą66.95  a0737-1071  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKN2bicssc 7aKC2bicssc 7aKJMV62bicssc 7aIND2eflch04a338.022221 aLundvall, Bengt-Ake,d1941-10aProduct innovation, interactive learning and economic performanceh[electronic resource] /cBengt-Ake Lundvall; Edited by J.L. Christensen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a372 p.  a02b66.95cGBPd00hS 56.98 17.5 66.95 9.97jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch on technological innovation, management & policy  ;vv. 8,x0737-1071  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762311569, 2004.0 aAbbreviated.-- 1. Introduction: Product innovation - on why and how it matters for firms and the economy (B.-A. Lundvall, J.L. Christensen).-- Part I: Perspectives on learning.-- 2. The economics of knowledge and learning (B.-A. Lundvall).-- 3. Societal institutions, learning organizations and innovation in the knowledge economy (A. Lam).-- 4. The managed interaction between innovation and learning and a complementary perspective (R. Lund).-- Part II: Product innovation and interactive learning.-- 5. Product innovation and economic theory - user-producer interaction in the learning economy (B.-A. Lundvall, A.L. Vinding).-- 6. The organization of actors' learning in connection with new product development (R. Lund).-- 7. Human resources-- absorptive capacity and innovative performance (A.L. Vinding).-- Part III: Industrial relations, HRM and the organization of product innovation.-- 8. HRM complementarities and innovative performance in French and British industry (E. Lorenz, J. Michie, F. Wilkinson).-- 9. Learning, knowledge and competence building at employee level in the UK (M. Tomlinson).-- 10. Some Danish experiences related to the organization of new product development (R. Lund).-- Part IV: Knowledge institutions, interactive learning and product innovation.-- 11. Interaction between firms and knowledge institutions (A.L. Vinding).-- 12. Public-private collaboration on knowledge generation and application in new product development projects (I. Drejer, B.H. Jorgensen).-- 13. Inter- and intraorganizational learning processes in the interaction between firms and patent offices (J.L. Christensen).-- Part V: Product innovation and economic performance.-- 14. Does product innovation and firm growth go hand in hand? (T. Reichstein).  aDocument  aContributes to the understanding of product innovation - how it takes place and how it affects firms and the economy. This book links product innovation to interactive learning and to the performance of firms. It studies the interconnections between these three elements on the basis of different data sets and case studies.bThe aim of this book is to contribute to the understanding of product innovation - how it takes place and how it affects firms and the economy. It links product innovation to interactive learning and to the performance of firms. It studies the interconnections between these three elements on the basis of unique data sets and detailed case studies. The book will prove helpful for managers, employees and policy makers as well as for scholars and students who want to understand the role of product innovation in the economy. In the book it is shown that product innovation is of major importance. For the economy as a whole, the introduction of new products is fundamental for economic growth. Process innovation without product innovation would sooner or later result in economic stagnation and in what has been called technological unemployment. In turbulent sectors product innovation is necessary for firms to survive and grow. The book also shows that product innovation is a complex and multi-dimensional phenomenon. In order to capture this complexity authors combine different theoretical perspectives, different levels of aggregation, and different methodological approaches.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aIndustry & industrial studies.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aResearch & development management.2bicssc 7aIndustry.2eflch1 aChristensen, J.L.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0737-1071/8zProduct website URL05152cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820015002191000021002342450112002552600055003673000019004223650097004413660075005384400055006135000016006685000052006845052520007365160013032565201322032695380020045916500047046116500036046587000024046948560060047189781849504324UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504324 :cą62.95  a1849504326 :cą62.95  a1475-9144  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJU2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a302.352221 aDansereau, Fred.10aMulti-level issues in social systemsh[electronic resource] /cFred Dansereau; Edited by Francis Yammarino.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a496 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in multi-level issues ;vv. 5,x1475-9144  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313341, 2006.0 aOverview: Multi-level Issues in Social Systems (F. Dansereau and F. J. Yammarino).-- Part I: Human Resources Management: Multi-level Fit. An Integrative Framework for Understanding Human Resources Management Practices in Cross-cultural contexts (K. A. Aumann and C. Ostroff)-- An organizational perspective on multi-level cultural integration: Human Resource Management Practices in Cross-cultural Contexts (X. Chen and A. Tsui)-- Integrating HRM Practices into a Multi-level Model of Culture: Cultures Values, Depth and Strength. (M. Erez)-- Multi-level Fit: Complexity, Values and Climate (K. A. Umann and C. Ostroff).-- Part II: Continous Learning: Continuous Learning in Organizations: A Living Systems Analysis of Individual, Group, and Organization Learning (M. London and V.I. Sessa)-- Continuous Learning: Why is it Still an Issue? (D. V. Day and B.W. Tate)-- A Multi-level Inquiry and Elaboration: Continuous Learning Within and Across Organizations, Groups, and Individuals. (S. E. Markham, R. L. Groesbeck, and B.R. Swan)-- Continuous Learning About Continuous Learning: Clarifying and Expanding a Multi-level, Living Systems Analysis (V.I. Sessa and M. London).-- Part III: Divorce and Family: The Importance of the Common Family Background for the Similarity of Divorce Risks of Siblings: A Multi-level Event History Analysis (J. Dronkers and J. Hox)-- Sibling Effects on Divorce: Common Family Background, Common Genetic Heritage, or Continuining Interaction Among Adult Siblings (M.P. Farrell)-- Multi-level Event History Analysis for a Sibling Design: The Choice of Predictor Variables (T.A.B. Snijders)-- Additional Thoughts About the Importance of Common Family Background for the Similarity of Divorce Risks of Siblings (J. Dronkers and J. Hox)-- Part IV: Industry-University Dynamics: Industry-University Intellectual Property Dynamics as a Multi-level Phenomenon (M. Jelinek)-- Industry-University Relationships and the Context of Intellectual Property Dynamics: the Case of IBM (M.L. Baba)-- Industry-University Technology Transfer. Moving the Research Agenda Forward (M. Feldman)-- Industry-University Intellectual Property in Context: Framing the Deal and Dealing with the Frame(s) (M. Jelinek).-- Part V: Organizational Leadership: The Lampe Theory of Organizational Leadership (K. D. Mackenzie)-- "Breaking the Frame" Even Farther: Complexity Science and Lampe Theory (M. Uhl-bien and R. Marion). Some Ideas about Testing Processual Theories (K.D. Mackenzie).-- Part VI: About the Authors.  aDocument  aContains essays that offer literature reviews, model developments, methodological advancements, and data for the study of human resources management in organizations, continuous learning in organizations, divorce in the family, industry-university dynamics involving intellectual property, and organizational leadership.b"Multi-level Issues in Social Systems" contains five major essays with commentaries and rebuttals that cover a range of topics, but in the realm of social systems. In particular, the five critical essays offer extensive literature reviews, new model developments, methodological advancements, and some data for the study of human resources management in organizations, continuous learning in organizations, divorce in the family, industry-university dynamics involving intellectual property, and organizational leadership. While each of the major essays, and associated commentaries and rebuttals, is unique in orientation, they show a common bond in raising and addressing multi-level issues or discussing problems and solutions that involve multiple levels of analysis in various types of social systems. This book discusses the complexity of social issues in personal, academic, and business solutions. It reviews empirical data, provides thorough discussion, and multiple levels of analysis.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aYammarino, Francis.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1475-9144/5zProduct website URL04418cam  22004212a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200029000950200026001240220014001500400026001640720016001900720016002060720015002220820012002371000019002492450150002682500020004182600055004383000020004933650100005133660075006134400076006885000016007645000052007805050483008325160013013155202424013285380020037526500048037726500043038206500036038637000016038997000020039158560061039359781849504539UK-WkNB20100216000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504539 :cą101.95  a1849504539 :cą101.95  a0723-1318  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJM2bicssc 7aKNV2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a3512221 aLind, Nancy S.10aComparative public administrationh[electronic resource] ;bThe essential readings /cNancy S. Lind, Lawrence R. Jones; Edited by Eric E. Otenyo.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a1018 p. :bill.  a02b101.95cGBPd00hS 86.77 17.5 101.95 15.18jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in public policy analysis and management  ;vv. 15,x0723-1318  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313594, 2006.0 aAcknowledgements Personal Acknowledgements Introduction by Eric Otenyo and Nancy S. Lind Preface by Jamil Jreisat Foreward by Don Kettl-- PART 1: Comparative Public Administration: Growth, Method and Ecology-- PART 2: Administrative Development And Development Administration-- PART 3: Managing Institutions Through Planning and Decentralization-- PART 4: New Public Management And Reforms-- Conclusion: Fred W. Riggs-- Appendix I: Global Organizations of Public Administration.  aDocument  aPresents seminal readings in comparative, development public administration and contemporary public management scholarship. This book provides a broad context in which to comprehend public administration in a globalizing world. It is suitable for a variety of audiences involved in public administration including students and practitioners.bPublic administration scholars and practitioners are increasingly concerned with the need to broaden the field's scope beyond particularistic accounts of administration in given countries. The field of Comparative administration is, therefore, once again thriving. "Comparative Administration: The Essential Readings" is the first major collection of contributions of major field leaders in this millennium. In this comprehensive and engaging volume, Otenyo and Lind bring together seminal readings in comparative, development public administration and contemporary new public management scholarship. This authoritative and well balanced volume provides readers at all levels with a rare opportunity to contextualize the field's growth and evolution. In what is truly a remarkable collection of the field's best minds, the book is a rare combination of conceptual and truly comparative empirical works. Without endorsing specific methodologies, the volume is an exciting and succinct overview the field's past and current concerns and interests.  An outstanding feature of this book is that it carefully combines both previously published and fresh works considered 'essential' because of their potential impact on the field's development. The reader will notice that while most of the chapters are broad-brush studies, the selected case-specific chapters are added to illuminate conceptual and theoretical insights. Organized around broad array of topics and themes that include; Methods and Growth of Comparative Public Administration, the Ecology of Administration, Administrative Development, and Development Administration, Planning, Decentralization and Rural Administration, New Public Management, Informatization in administrative settings, and International Administration, the editors seek to provide readers a broader context in which to comprehend public administration in a globalizing world. Hopefully, this timely volume is a valuable resource for a variety of audiences involved in public administration including students and practitioners all over the world.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aManagement & management techniques.2bicssc 7aCivil service & public sector.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aJones, L.R.1 aOtenyo, Eric E.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0732-1317/15zProduct website URL03029cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820015002192450107002342600055003413000011003963650098004073660075005054400085005805000016006655000052006815050649007335160013013825201089013955380020024846500042025046500022025467000031025688560068025999781849501972UK-WkNB20100216000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501972 :cą67.95  a1849501971 :cą67.95  a0743-4154  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCA2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.0922210aDocuments on modern history of economic thoughth[electronic resource] /cEdited by Warren J. Samuels.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a310 p.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the history of economic thought & methodology  ;vv. 21C,x0743-4154  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762309986, 2003.0 aLecture notes by Victor E. Smith. Victor E. Smith's notes on William Jaffes's lectures on general equilibrium, 1938-1939 (W.J. Samuels). Victor E. Smith's notes on William Jaffe's seminars on Keynes, spring 1939 (W.J. Samuels). Victore E. Smith's notes from university of Cambridge lectures, 1954-1955 (W.J. Samuels). Documents on Institutional Economics The 1974 editor's report of the Journal of Economic Issues (W.J. Samuels). Institutional economics: Retrospect and prospect, 1968 (W.J. Samuels). Miscellaneous Materials Martin G. Glaeseer's autobiographical notes (W.J. Samuels). Toward a bibliography of Edgeworth's writings (A. Baccini).  aDocument  aContains seven documents from the history of economics: four sets of lecture notes taken by Victor E Smith, two from courses given by William Jaffe at Northwestern University, on general equilibrium theory and on Keynes, from 1938-39, and one from lectures given at the University of Cambridge during 1954-55.bThis work contains seven documents from the history of economics: four sets of lecture notes taken by Victor E. Smith, two from courses given by William Jaffe at Northwestern University, on general equilibrium theory and on Keynes, from 1938-39, and one from lectures given at the University of Cambridge during 1954-55. It includes two documents from the history of Institutional Economics, one the 1974 Editor's Report on the "Journal of Economic Issues" - on the conflicts then rampant - and the other, an exposition of the past and future of Institutional Economics, both by Warren J. Samuels. It also includes a set of autobiographical notes by the Wisconsin institutionalist, Martin G. Glaeser, and a bibliography of the writings of F.Y. Edgeworth by Alberto Baccini.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomic theory & philosophy.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSamuels, Warren J.,d1933-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0743-4154/21 Part 3zProduct website URL04125cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720015002050820012002201000022002322450114002542600055003683000011004233650097004343660075005314400071006065000016006775000052006935051057007455160013018025201775018155380020035906500034036106500021036447000025036658560061036909781849503822UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503822 :cą64.95  a1849503826 :cą64.95  a0742-6186  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKNXB2bicssc 7aIND2eflch04a3312221 aKaufman, Bruce E.10aAdvances in industrial and labor relationsh[electronic resource] /cBruce E. Kaufman; Edited by David Lewin.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a340 p.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in industrial and labor regulations  ;vv. 14,x0742-6186  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312658, 2005.0 aIntroduction. (D. Lewin, B.E. Kaufman). H.R. Versus Finance: Who Controls Corporate Health Care Decisions and Does it Matter? (F. Briscoe, J. Maxwell, P. Temin). Toward a theory of Workplace Conflict: The Case of U.S. Municipal Collective Bargaining. (B. Hebdon). Creative Compliance in Labor Relations: 'Turning the Law on its Head'. (A. Pyman). Do the Organizing Means Determine the Bargaining Ends? (L. Jordan, R. Bruno). The Failure of Labor-Management Cooperation at Two Maine Paper Mills: A Case Study. (M.G. Hillard). Representative Voicethe Interplay Between Non-Union and Union Representation Arrangements at Eurotunnel. (P.J. Gollan). The Industrial Relations Field in France: Complex Past and Challenging Prospects. (I. da Costa). The Industrial Relations field in Germany: An Empirical and Comparative Analysis. (B. Keller). The Development of the Industrial Relations Field in Korea. (Y-M. Lee, M. Byungnam Lee). Industrial Relations as a Field in Australia: The Implications of a Decentralized Labor Market. (R.D. Lansbury, G. Michelson).  aDocument  aContains 10 papers dealing, respectively, with HR versus finance in the control of corporate health care decisions; a theory of workplace conflict grounded in US municipal collective bargaining; creative compliance in, or union defiance of, labor regulation in Australia; and the extent to which union organizing means determine bargaining ends.bVolume 14 of "Advances in Industrial and Labor Relations (AILR)" contains 10 papers dealing, respectively, with HR versus finance in the control of corporate health care decisions; a theory of workplace conflict grounded in U.S. municipal collective bargaining; creative compliance in, or union defiance of, labor regulation in Australia; the extent to which union organizing means determine bargaining ends; the failure of labor-manangement cooperation at two Maine (U.S.) paper mills; the interplay between union and nonunion representation arrangements at Eurotunnel; challenges to and prospects for the industrial relations field in France; an empirical and comparative analysis of the industrial relations field in Germany; the development of the industrial relations field in Canada; and the implications of a decentralized labor market for industrial relations as a field in Australia.  Taken together, these papers feature a rich mix of theory and empiricism, quantitative and qualitative analyses, and international perspectives on both industrial relations and human resources.  Four of the papers were winners of the 2004 and 2005 AILR/Labor and Employment Relations Association Competitive Papers Competitions, and all papers were subject to double blind anonymous refereeing. The papers in Volume 14 of "AILR" will be of interest to industrial relations and human resource scholars and practitioners worldwide.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aIndustrial relations.2bicssc 7aIndustry.2eflch1 aLewin, David,d1943-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0742-6186/14zProduct website URL03133cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720015002030820015002182450141002332600055003743000011004293650098004403660075005384400085006135000016006985000052007145051577007665160013023435200251023565380020026076500023026276500022026507000031026728560068027039781849502580UK-WkNB20100216000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502580 :cą85.95  a1849502587 :cą85.95  a0743-4154  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKC2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.0922210aWisconsin "government and business' and the history of heterodox economic thoughth[electronic resource] /cEdited by Warren J. Samuels.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a390 p.  a02b85.95cGBPd00hS 73.15 17.5 85.95 12.80jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the history of economic thought & methodology  ;vv. 22C,x0743-4154  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310906, 2004.0 aWisconsin "government and business. "Government and business" at the University of Wisconsin in the mid-1950's: Introduction (W.J. Samuels). Edwin Emil Witte's course on "government and business," economics 146, Fall 1954 (W.J. Samuels). Edwin Emil Witte's course on "the role of government in the economy," economics 246, 1954-1955 (W.J. Samuels). Robert Lampman's course on "government and business," economics 146, Fall 1955 (W.J. Samuels). Papers from a conference on the history of heterodox economics in the 20th century. Papers from a conference on the history of heterodox economics in the 20th century: Introduction (W.J. Samuels). Group one: Heterodoxy at the department level. Heterodox economics at the University of Manitoba (F. Baragar). Repression at the University of Michigan (E.H. Shaffer). The Spartan School of Institutional Economics at Michigan State University (A.A. Schmid). The Oklahoma "institutionalist" school (W.R. Brazelton). Economic heterodoxy at the University of Texas at mid-twentieth century (D. Hamilton). Heterodox economics at the University of Utah (E.K. Hunt, A.M. Sievers). Group two: Heterodox ideas and their evolution. The twentieth century trend of institutionalism in mainstream economics journals (R.J. Phillips, D. Kinnear). Lament for economics, or how Barbara Wooton gave it all away and became a sociologist (J.E. King). Marxist theory: From class struggle to political economy (C. Everling). The urban land economics tradition: How heterodox economic theory survives in the real estate appraisal profession (R. Ramsey).  aDocument  aIncludes lecture notes from courses given at the University of Wisconsin by Edwin E Witte and Robert Lampman on the economic role of government. This title also includes papers from a conference on the history of 20th century heterodox economics.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSamuels, Warren J.,d1933-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0743-4154/22 Part 3zProduct website URL04137cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820016002191000022002352450127002572600055003843000019004393650098004583660075005564400098006315000016007295000052007455051529007975160013023265201275023395380020036146500030036346500022036647000017036868560060037039781849503921UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503921 :cą70.95  a1849503923 :cą70.95  a0885-3339  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCF2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a332.0422221 aKlinedinst, Mark.10aParticipation in the age of globalization and informationh[electronic resource] /cMark Klinedinst; Edited by Panu Kalmi.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a416 p. :bill.  a02b70.95cGBPd00hS 60.38 17.5 70.95 10.57jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in the economic analysis of participatory & labor-managed firms  ;vv. 9,x0885-3339  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312788, 2006.0 aForeword D.C. Jones (Series Editor), Introduction (P. Kalmi, M. Klinedinst) (guest editors)-- Theme I: Employee participation, firm performance-- 1. What types of organizations benefit from team production, and how do they benefit? (J. De Varo, F.A. Kurtulus).-- 2. The nature, scope, and effects of joint labor management committees in Japan (T. Kato).-- 3. Employee ownership as a joint management-labor drive towards Caring, sharing (E.Maaloe).-- 4. Employee participation rights in corporate governance: an economic rationale, a test of a leading theory, and some initial policy proposals (S.C. Smith).-- Theme II: Managerial compensation, control-- 5. Performance related pay in Danish cooperative creameries (M. Hviid).-- 6. Corporate governance and executive compensation in Bulgaria after mass privatization: evidence from new panel data (D.C. Jones, M. Klinedinst).-- Theme III: Co-operatives, social enterprises-- 7. Workers' cooperatives as an alternative competitive organizational form (M. Altman).-- 8. Co-operatives in globalization: the advantages of networking (I. Halary).-- 9. Positive externalities of organisational culture: the social integration of working adults with learning disabilities (A. Mukolo, R. Brisoe, A. Salim).-- Theme IV: Participation: past, present, future-- 10. Guild socialism revisited, and its Yugoslav counterpart(M. Ferrero).-- 11. Whither self-management? New paths to workplace democracy (D. Ellerman).-- 12. The future of broad-based options: what research tells us(C.Rosen).  aDocument  aContains articles relating to the literature on employee participation and firm performance. This book looks at the impact of ownership structures into managerial compensation and control. It also analyzes the role of co-operatives in the changing economic environment.bThis volume of "Advances in the Economic Analysis of Participatory and Labor-Managed Firms" consists of twelve original and innovative articles. The first four papers relate to the growing literature on employee participation and firm performance. The second group of papers looks at the impact of ownership structures into managerial compensation and control. The third set of papers analyzes the role of co-operatives in the changing economic environment. The three papers in the final section range from the historical perspective on participation to the role different forms of participation may play in the future. Together, these papers draw on the expertise of a number of leading thinkers in the area and promise the reader a challenge to help deliver practical policies to transform our work world and society. The series: is international in scope; and fills substantial gap in this field. Although its primary focus is economic, the editors welcome analytical studies from related fields.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aLabour economics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aKalmi, Panu.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0885-3339/9zProduct website URL02216cam  22003372a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820020002191000021002392450113002602600055003733000011004283650101004393660078005404400072006185000011006905000052007015160013007535201016007666500031017826500036018137000029018499781848551596UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090721e200905uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848551596 :cą69.99  a1848551592 :cą69.99  a1479-8387  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJC2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.40120722221 aBergh, Donald D.10aResearch methodology in strategy and managementh[electronic resource] /cDonald D. Bergh, David J. Ketchen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a352 p.  a02b69.99cGBPd00hS 59.57 17.5 69.99 10.42jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2onix-pt  b20090526cIP 20090721jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2UK-WkNB 0aResearch methodology in strategy and management ;vv. 5,x1479-8387  aEbook.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848551589, 2009.  aDocument  aIntends to provide a forum for critique, commentary, and discussion about key methodology issues in the strategic management field. This book seeks to bridge the gap between what researchers know and what they need to know about methodology.bThis book series' mission is to provide a forum for critique, commentary, and discussion about key methodology issues in the strategic management field. Strategic management relies on an array of complex methods drawn from various allied disciplines to examine how managers attempt to lead their firms toward success. The field is undergoing a rapid transformation in methodological rigor, and researchers face many new challenges about how to conduct their research and in understanding the implications that are associated with their research choices. This book series seeks to bridge the gap between what researchers know and what they need to know about methodology. In each volume, renowned scholars contribute chapters in their areas of methodological expertise. 7aBusiness strategy.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aKetchen, David J.,cJnr.03372cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820020002191000021002392450123002602600055003833000011004383650098004493660075005474400072006225000016006945000052007105050745007625160013015075201302015205380020028226500031028426500036028737000029029098560060029389781849503440UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503440 :cą84.95  a1849503443 :cą84.95  a1479-8387  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJC2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.40120722221 aBergh, Donald D.10aResearch methodology in strategy and managementh[electronic resource] /cDonald D. Bergh; Edited by David J. Ketchen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a300 p.  a02b84.95cGBPd00hS 72.30 17.5 84.95 12.65jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch methodology in strategy and management ;vv. 2,x1479-8387  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312085, 2005.0 aTesting Resource-Based Theory: Challenges and Opportunities. Mechanisms and Empirical Research. Strategic Management Studies are a Special Case for Meta-Analysis. Balancing Theory and Technique: Methodological Issues in Strategic Groups Research. Are Real Options "Real"?. Theory and Methodology in Entrepreneurship Research. The Problem of Method and the Practice of Management Research. Challenges and Guidelines for Conducting Internet-Based Surveys in Strategic Management Research. Multi-Theoretical Mixed-Level Research in Strategic Management. Cause Mapping in Strategic Management Research: Processes, Issues, and Observations. The Dimensionality of Organizational Performance and Its Implications for Strategic Management Research.  aDocument  aDescribes challenges and opportunities inherent in particular content areas, including resource-based theory, strategic groups research, entrepreneurship, real options, and the construct of performance. This book examines key ontological and epistemological issues in the strategic management context.bResearch methods present the strategic management field with great opportunities and challenges. This second volume of "Research Methodology in Strategy and Management" includes three types of chapters. One set of chapters describes challenges and opportunities inherent in particular content areas, including resource-based theory, strategic groups research, entrepreneurship, real options, and the construct of performance. A second group of chapters examine key ontological and epistemological issues in the strategic management context, including the relationship between theory and method, the human side of research methods, and mixed-level research. A final group of chapters describe how strategy researchers can better use particular methods. These methods include meta-analysis, Internet-based surveys, and cognitive mapping techniques. Collectively, the chapters offer state of the art thinking about research methodology provided by intellectual leaders within the management field.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aBusiness strategy.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aKetchen, David J.,cJnr.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-8387/2zProduct website URL03436nam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720016002050720015002212450169002362600055004053000011004603650098004713660075005694400089006445000016007335160013007495202080007625380020028426500046028626500042029086500021029507000023029717000020029948560060030149781849508193UK-WkNB20100217000000.0cu||||||||||||100210e201002uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849508193 :cą67.95  a1849508194 :cą67.95  a1479-067X  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKNDH2bicssc 7aKCA2bicssc 7aIND2eflch10aSilicon Valley Northh[electronic resource] ;bA high-tech cluster of innovation and entrepreneurship /cEdited by Larisa Shavinina; Series edited by Thomas Howard.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2010.  a360 p.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20100201cIP 20100210jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aTechnology, innovation, entrepreneurship & competitive strategy  ;vv. 9,x1479-067X  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aThe Silicon phenomenon was, is, and will be an extremely important phenomenon in the accelerated technological, scientific, and economic development of countries and regions. Silicon Valley North (SVN) is the high tech capital of Canada. This book discusses the multidimensional and multifaceted nature of SVN, its history, and the developments.bThe Silicon phenomenon was, is, and will be an extremely important phenomenon in the accelerated technological, scientific, and economic development of countries and regions. Silicon Valley North (SVN) is the high tech capital of Canada, the nations most developed and dynamic technology sector, which includes multiple clusters in telecommunications, software, photonics, and life sciences. It gave birth to many well-known companies such as Corel, JDS Uniphase, Mitel, Newbridge Networks, Nortel Networks, Digital Equipment of Canada, just to mention a few. A lot of literature describes Silicon Valley and Silicon Alley in the US, Silicon Islands in Asia, and so on. Despite the quite evident importance of Silicon Valley North for the regional, national, and international technological development (especially when Nortel Networks and JDS Uniphase became global leaders in their fields and expanded in explosive fashion), this phenomenon is far from being well understood. Because of this, a book on the Canadian Silicon Valley is an exceptionally timely endeavor.  "Silicon Valley North: A High-Tech Cluster of Innovation and Entrepreneurship" is devoted to the multidimensional and multifaceted nature of SVN, its history, current state and future developments. The book offers a broad and deeply thematic analysis of one particular innovative clusterSilicon Valley North. The reader will obtain expert insight into what SVN is all about by acquiring a comprehensive and 'panoramic picture' of SVN within a single book. The reader will develop an accurate sense of what spurs high tech start-up companies in SVN toward their exceptional performances, and how to apply these insights to his or her unique regional context.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aHi-tech manufacturing industries.2bicssc 7aEconomic theory & philosophy.2bicssc 7aIndustry.2eflch1 aShavinina, Larisa.1 aHoward, Thomas.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-067X/9zProduct website URL03587cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820014002191000021002332450186002542500020004402600055004603000019005153650097005343660075006314400088007065000016007945000052008105050647008625160013015095201473015225380020029956500050030156500023030657000020030887000021031088560060031299781849503716UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503716 :cą64.95  a1849503710 :cą64.95  a1479-3601  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aJMJ2bicssc 7aPSY2eflch04a158.72221 aPierce, Linda G.10aUnderstanding adaptabilityh[electronic resource] ;bA prerequisite for effective performance within complex environments /cLinda G. Pierce, Eduardo Salas; Edited by C.Shawn Burke.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a302 p. :bill.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in human performance & cognitive engineering research  ;vv. 6,x1479-3601  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312481, 2006.0 aPreface.-- Section I: Individual Level. Individual ADAPTability (I-ADAPT) Theory: Conceptualizing the Antecedents, Consequences, and Measurement of Individual Differences in Adaptability. Adaptability in the Workplace: Selecting an Adaptive Workforce. Visualization Tools to Adapt to Complex Military Environments.-- Section II: Team Level. Team Adaptation: Realizing Team Synergy. Cultural Adaptability. Building the Adaptive Capacity to Lead Multicultural Teams. Adaptive Automation: Building Flexibility into Human-Machine Systems.-- Section III: Organizational Level Adaptability. Normative Design of Project-Based Adaptive Organizations.  aDocument  aAdaptability is becoming a hallmark of effective performance at various levels and types of organizations. This book takes a multi-disciplinary approach to increasing our understanding of adaptability within complex environments. It presents work on the importance of cultural adaptability, visualization requirements, and measurement approaches.bAdaptability is becoming a hallmark of effective performance at all levels and types of organizations. As complexity rises within the internal and external environments that organizations operate within it is no longer acceptable to be able to perform well when things go as expected; instead individuals, teams, and organizations must be able to continuously adapt their knowledge and skills in order to remain competitive in environments which are fluid, often ambiguous, and where multiple pathways to goal attainment exist. Thus, this volume takes a multi-disciplinary approach to increasing our understanding of adaptability within complex environments by integrating cutting-edge work done by experts in the field and compiling it in one volume. Specifically, the volume takes a systems approach in that chapters describe the manifestation and antecedents of adaptability at individual, team, and organizational levels. In addition, the volume presents work on the importance of cultural adaptability, visualization requirements, measurement approaches, training strategies, and selection for adaptive performance.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOccupational & industrial psychology.2bicssc 7aPsychology.2eflch1 aSalas, Eduardo.1 aBurke, C. Shawn.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-3601/6zProduct website URL04423cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720015002050820016002202450171002362600055004073000011004623650097004733660075005704400065006455000016007105000052007265051282007785160013020605201823020735380020038966500028039166500036039447000020039808560061040009781849503501UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503501 :cą64.95  a1849503508 :cą64.95  a1064-4857  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJVG2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.04922210aInternalization, international diversification and the multinational enterpriseh[electronic resource] ;bEssays in honor of Alan M Rugman /cEdited by Alain Verbeke.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a276 p.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in global strategic management ;vv. 11,x1064-4857  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312207, 2005.0 aPart A: Alan Rugman as Eminent Scholar of the Academy of Management's International Management Division. Cave! Hic Dragones! Alan M. Rugman's Contributions to the Field of International Business. (L. Eden). The MNE's Spatial Positioning. (B.M. Wolf).-- Part B: The 25th Anniversary of "International Diversification and the Multinational Enterprise". Rugman and the Geography of MNE Activity. (J.H. Dunning). Financial and Non-Financial Theories of International Diversification. (J. Cantwell). Internalization Theory and the International DiversificationPerformance Conundrum. (J-F. Hennart).-- Part C: Extending Alan Rugman's Work on Regional Strategies and the Environment. Regional Strategy and Performance in the Global Automotive Industry. (A. Verbeke, P. Brugman). Regional and Global Strategies in the Intercontinental Passenger Airline Industry: The Rise of Alliance Specific Advantages. (A. Verbeke, S. Vanden Bussche). Environmental Issues and the MNE. (A. Kolk).-- Part D: A Career in Progress: Retrospective Essays. Rethinking International Management Theory in a World of Regional Multinationals. (A.M. Rugman). Twenty-Five Years Of "International Diversification and the Multinational Enterprise". (A.M. Rugman). Overview of Alan Rugman's Academic Oeuvre. Index.  aDocument  aIncludes a synthesis of the advances in the theory of the multinational enterprise, with a focus on internalization and international diversification issues. This book introduces the study of various topics in international business research, namely regional strategy analysis and global alliances that lead to alliance specific advantages.bThis research volume includes a synthesis of recent advances in the theory of the multinational enterprise, with a focus on internalization and international diversification issues. It proposes important extensions of multinational enterprise theory, especially as regards the importance of geography to multinational strategy, and the linkages between internalization and international diversification. The book also introduces the study of various new topics in international business research, namely regional (as opposed to global) strategy analysis, global alliances that lead to alliance specific advantages, and environmental aspects of international strategy. The ten chapters that provide this state of the art overview of international business theory and strategy were written by some of the world's best known international business scholars, including John Cantwell, John Dunning, Lorraine Eden, Jean Francois-Hennart, Ans Kolk, Alan M. Rugman, Alain Verbeke and Bernard Wolf. The research volume focuses especially on the important contributions of Alan M. Rugman, President of the Academy of International Business, and one of the founders of the international business field.  The volume's editor is Professor Alain Verbeke, McCaig Chair in Management at the Haskayne School of Business, University of Calgary (Canada) and also associated with Templeton College, University of Oxford (UK), and the Solvay Business School, Free University of Brussels (Belgium).  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aMultinationals.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aVerbeke, Alain.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1064-4857/11zProduct website URL03003cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820017002191000020002362450141002562600055003973000026004523650098004783660075005764400078006515000016007295000052007455160013007975201591008105380020024016500052024216500036024737000017025097000043025268560060025699781849505079UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxkab  |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849505079 :cą74.95  a1849505071 :cą74.95  a1569-3740  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aRNF2bicssc 7aENV2eflch04a333.73152221 aMessner, Frank.10aEcological economics of sustainable watershed managementh[electronic resource] /cFrank Messner, Irene Ring; Edited by Jon D. Erickson.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a424 p. :bill., maps.  a02b74.95cGBPd00hS 63.79 17.5 74.95 11.16jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in the economics of environmental resources  ;vv. 7,x1569-3740  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762314485, 2007.  aDocument  aContains papers that illustrate the power of a scientific approach to ecological economics. This work aims to tackle the complex scientific underpinning of sustainable watershed analysis and management and reveal basic ecological economic knowledge and methodological approaches in this prominent field of research.bThe papers in this volume illustrate the power of a scientific approach to ecological economics. Good science is a careful blend of theory and empirical testing. Theory without empirical grounding is of no practical value and random case studies without a theoretical context are not generalizable. The back and forth interplay between theory and evidence is apparent in the modeling exercises, evaluation studies, and policy design described in this book. Watershed management has been chosen as a concrete focus to illuminate the facets of sustainability. It requires both a deep understanding of the natural processes in watersheds and of the societal processes which strongly depend on the natural watershed services. Furthermore, country-specific governance structures need to be considered to fine-tune the design of sustainable watershed policies in order to approach an interaction of society and nature, which ensures a long term use of water resources without adverse effects on society and the environment.  This book has accepted the challenge to tackle the complex scientific underpinning of sustainable watershed analysis and management and will reveal basic ecological economic knowledge and methodological approaches in this prominent field of research.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aManagement of land & natural resources.2bicssc 7aEnvironment and Ecology.2eflch1 aRing, Irene.1 aErickson, Jon D.,q(Jon David),d1969-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1569-3740/7zProduct website URL03243cam  22004092a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820014002351000017002492450149002662600055004153000011004703650098004813650125005793660075007043660078007794400054008575000016009115000052009275160013009795201621009925380020026136500053026336500021026866500036027077000030027438560060027739781848553217UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848553217 :cą75.00  a1848553218 :cą75.00  a1569-3767  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJR2bicssc 7aKFF2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.42221 aDow, Sandra.10aInstitutional approach to global corporate governanceh[electronic resource] ;bBusiness systems and beyond /cSandra Dow; Edited by J.Jay Choi.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a536 p.  a02b75.00cGBPd00hS 63.83 17.5 75.00 11.17jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  a02b145.00cUSDd00eLocal taxes may applyhZ 145.00 0.0 145.00 0.00jUSkxxumEmerald Group Publishing Limited2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB  b20090101cIP 20091126jUSkxxumEmerald Group Publishing Limited2UK-WkNB 0aInternational finance review  ;vv. 9,x1569-3767  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848553200, 2008.  aDocument  aExamines issues concerning the effects of national and international institutional factors on corporate governance and performance. This book stresses the relevance of national business systems (including culture, law and politics) alongside industrial and institutional infrastructure to assess the efficacy of corporate governance regimes.bThis edited volume contains original papers examining issues concerning the effects of national and international institutional factors on corporate governance and performance. This volume stresses the relevance of national business systems (including culture, law and politics) alongside industrial and institutional infrastructure to assess the efficacy of corporate governance regimes. Modern governance research redefines the boundaries of the firm to include a wider group of stakeholders beyond stockholders. Newer research indicates that national context is the over-riding element in understanding corporate governance regulation and outcome. In the Anglo-Saxon world, corporate governance is designed to reduce the conflict of interest that exists between owners and managers occasioned by the separation of ownership and control. The divergence in national business systems has led scholars to question whether the rush to adopt US-style regulation internationally is appropriate.  The papers in this volume highlight aspects of institutional context in different countries, ranging from traditional corporate governance mechanisms at the firm level, to issues affecting the country level quality of corporate governance, including culture and the role of elites.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aCorporate governance & responsibilities.2bicssc 7aFinance.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aChoi, Jongmoo Jay,d1945-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1569-3767/9zProduct website URL02879nam  22003372a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720015002032450117002182600055003353000011003903650098004013660075004994400082005745000016006565160013006725201684006855380020023696500023023896500022024127000022024347000024024568560061024809781849508094UK-WkNB20100217000000.0cu||||||||||||100210e201002uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849508094 :cą72.00  a1849508097 :cą72.00  a1571-0386  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKC2bicssc 7aECO2eflch10aTopics in analytical political economyh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Melvin J. Hinich, William A. Barnett.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2010.  a240 p.  a02b72.00cGBPd00hS 61.28 17.5 72.00 10.72jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20100201cIP 20100210jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aInternational symposia in economic theory & econometrics ;vv. 17,x1571-0386  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aIt is important to understand that social scientists hold different interpretations of the term political economy. This title deals with the interaction between the highly inter-dependent yet very different fields of politics and economics. It contains a collection of key papers on the topic of analytical political economy.bThe nine papers in this volume are a diverse set of quality contributions to the field in economics that is called political economy. It is important to understand that social scientists hold different interpretations of the term political economy. Most mainstream economists expect a paper in the field to use the same models as are used in neoclassical economics, be it micro or macro. The field of political economy is seen by most economists to be exclusively the purview of their field. However, the political system of a country determines the nature of its economics system. The economy feeds back to the political system but the rules of the game are determined by the political system. The study of politics is the hardest task in the social sciences. The political system defines the scope of the economics system while taking resources from the economy in order to run campaigns and produce the types of compromises that are required of a stable political system that allows economic agents to make sensible investments. The interaction between the highly inter-dependent yet very different fields of politics and economics forms the basis of this volume.  It contains a collection of key papers on the topic of analytical political economy. The papers authored by some of the foremost experts in the field. It is part of the "ISETE" series.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aHinich, Melvin J.1 aBarnett, William A.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1571-0386/17zProduct website URL02249cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820016002352450201002512600055004523000011005073650097005183660075006154400094006905000016007845160013008005200785008135380020015986500036016186500024016546500044016786500035017227000020017577000025017778560061018029781848558830UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090717e200909uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848558830 :cą59.95  a184855883X :cą59.95  a1085-4622  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFC2bicssc 7aJNU2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a657.07122210aAdvances in accounting educationh[electronic resource] ;bTeaching and curriculum innovations /cEdited by Bill Schwartz, Anthony H. Catanach; Series edited by Bill Schwartz, Anthony H. Catanach.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a224 p.  a02b59.95cGBPd00hS 51.02 17.5 59.95 8.93jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090901cIP 20090922jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in accounting education teaching and curriculum innovations ;vv. 10,x1085-4622  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aHelps meet the needs of faculty members interested in ways to improve their classroom instruction. This title includes articles that emphasize pedagogy that is explaining how faculty members can improve their teaching methods or how accounting units can improve their curricula/programs.b"Advances in Accounting Education" is a referenced, academic research annual whose purpose is to help meet the needs of faculty members interested in ways to improve their classroom instruction. We publish thoughtful, well-developed articles that are readable, relevant and reliable. Articles may be either empirical or non-empirical. They emphasize pedagogy i.e. explaining how faculty members can improve their teaching methods or how accounting units can improve their curricula/programs.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 0aAccountingxStudy and teaching. 7aAccounting.2bicssc 7aTeaching of a specific subject.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aSchwartz, Bill.1 aCatanach, Anthony H.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1085-4622/10zProduct website URL03404cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720018001880720015002060820018002212450115002392600055003543000019004093650098004283660075005264400078006015000016006795000052006955050700007475160013014475201387014605380020028476500052028676500036029197000026029558560061029819781849502665UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502665 :cą67.95  a1849502668 :cą67.95  a0742-7301  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJMV22bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.3007222210aResearch in personnel and human resources managementh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Joseph J. Martocchio.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a400 p. :bill.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in personnel and human resources management ;vv. 23,x0742-7301  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762311033, 2004.0 aOverview. Fairness in Idiosyncratic Work Arrangements: Justice as an I-Deal. Sexual Orientation in the Workplace: The Unique Work and Career Experiences of Gay, Lesbian and Bisexual Workers. Organizational Staffing: A Multilevel Review, Synthesis, and Model. The Four-Fifths Rule for Assessing Adverse Impact: An Arithmetic, Intuitive, and Logical Analysis of the Rule and Implications for Future Research and Practice. Going Places: Roads More or Less Travelled in Research on Expatriate Experiences. Inference Problems with Hierarchical Multiple Regression-Based Tests of Mediating Effects. The Employee-Organization Relationship: A Timely Concept in a Period of Transition. About the Authors.  aDocument  aDesigned to promote theory and research on important substantive and methodological topics in the field of human resources management, this title contains eight papers on critical issues in the field, developing an informed understanding of the field.bThis series, publishes monograph length conceptual papers designed to promote theory and research on important substantive and methodological topics in the field of human resources management. Volume 23 of "Research in Personnel and Human Resources Management (RPHRM)" contains eight papers on critical issues in the field of human resources management, thus continuing the tradition of the series to develop a more informed understanding of the field. These include: Fairness in Idiosyncratic Work Arrangements - Justice as an I-Deal Sexual Orientation in the Workplace; The Unique Work and Career Experiences of Gay, Lesbian and Bisexual Workers; Organizational Staffing - A Multilevel Review, Synthesis and Model; The Four-Fifths Rule for Assessing Adverse Impact - An Arithmetic, Intuitive, and Logical Analysis of the Rule and Implications for Future Research; Going Places - Roads More or Less Travelled in Research on Expatriate Experiences; Inference Problems with Hierarchical Multiple Regression-Based Tests of Mediating Effects; and, The Employee Organization Relationship - A Timely Concept in a Period of Transition.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aPersonnel & human resources management.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aMartocchio, Joseph J.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0742-7301/23zProduct website URL02633nam  22003492a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720018002040720015002222450102002372600055003393000011003943650098004053660075005034400062005785000016006405160013006565201431006695380020021006500037021206500022021576500022021797000020022018560062022219781849508483UK-WkNB20100217000000.0cu||||||||||||100210e201002uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849508483 :cą73.95  a1849508488 :cą73.95  a0573-8555  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCN2bicssc 7aKFFD12bicssc 7aECO2eflch10aEnvironmental taxation and the double dividendh[electronic resource] /cEdited by R.A. de Mooij.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2010.  a312 p.  a02b73.95cGBPd00hS 62.94 17.5 73.95 11.01jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20100201cIP 20100210jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aContributions to economic analysis  ;vv. 246,x0573-8555  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aExplores the welfare effects of environmental taxes. This book starts from a benchmark model which reveals that environmental taxes typically exacerbate preexisting tax distortions, even if the revenues are used to cut other distortionary taxes. It reveals several channels through which a double-dividend can be obtained.b"Environmental Taxation and the Double Dividend" explores the welfare effects of environmental taxes in a second-best framework. It starts from a benchmark model which reveals that environmental taxes typically exacerbate preexisting tax distortions, even if the revenues are used to cut other distortionary taxes. Subsequent chapters extend the benchmark model by introducing capital, terms of trade effects, transfers, involuntary unemployment, or environmental feedbacks. Thus, the book reveals several channels through which a double-dividend can be obtained. However, it also shows the trade-offs they induce. Simulations with the models illustrate the importance of these trade-offs for European economies. This book is a useful tool for graduates, post graduates, researchers and staff of universities with fiscal and environmental departments. International organizations such as the IMF, OECD and the World Bank, and policy makers within governments: Ministries of Finance/Economics/Environment as well as Research Institutes, both private and public will also benefit from this piece of work.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEnvironmental economics.2bicssc 7aTaxation.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aMooij, R.A. de.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0573-8555/246zProduct website URL04467cam  22004092a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720017002050720015002220720015002370820016002522450111002682600055003793000013004343650098004473660075005454400064006205000016006845000052007005051001007525160013017535202067017665380020038336500028038536500027038816500029039086500036039377000024039738560060039979781849501798UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||1|0 eng|d  a9781849501798 :cą67.95  a1849501793 :cą67.95  a1064-4857  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJVG2bicssc 7aJFFS2bicssc 7aRN2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.40822210aMultinationals, environment and global competitionh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Sarianna M. Lundan.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a236 p. :  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in global strategic management ;vv. 9,x1064-4857  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762309665, 2003.0 aMultinationals, environment and global competition: a conceptual framework-- Degree of internationalization and environmental performance: evidence from US multinationals-- Environmental strategy choice and financial profitability: differences between multinationals and domestic firms in Belgium-- Environmental aspects of Danish foreign direct investment in developing countries: the role of home country factors in shaping the global environmental practices of Danish multinationals-- Internationalization and environmental reporting: the green face of the world's leading multinationals-- Environmental self-regulation in the global economy: the role of firm capabilities-- Multinationals, NGOs and regulation: Greenpeace and the global phase out of chlorine bleaching-- Multinationals and global climate change: issues for the automotive and oil industries-- Multinationals, the environment and the WTO: issues in the environmental goods and services sector and in climate change mitigation.  aDocument  aDescribes strategic importance of environmental concerns within a multinational firm, and explores the implications of corporate environmental strategy on public policy. This book is suitable for advanced students and decision-makers interested in the changing role of multinational enterprises in the global economy.bThe purpose of this book is to present leading research concerning the increasing strategic importance of environmental concerns within the multinational firm, and to explore the implications of corporate environmental strategy on public policy. The contributions present empirical research that deals with the simultaneous effects of the globalization of markets and the emergence of environmental concerns as issues of corporate strategy, either using a cross-national sample of firms within a global industry, or a sample of multinationals from a particular home country. By considering the dynamics of corporate environmental behavior explicitly within the context of global markets, the book makes a unique contribution to the discussion about the impact of multinational activity. The chapters provide a rich understanding of the kinds of interactions that occur between multinationals and regulators, multinationals and non-governmental organizations, and multinationals and their customers.  By explaining what motivates multinational firms to make environmental investments and to improve their environmental performance, these studies offer necessary input for the formulation of well-informed public policy. As a consequence, this book provides essential material for advanced students and decision-makers interested in the changing role of multinational enterprises in the global economy. While being of broad interest to academics in the field of international business and strategy, this volume also provides interesting results to researchers concerned with the ability of national governments to regulate multinationals, how regulation affects multinationals, and how in turn multinational conduct affects regulatory standards.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aMultinationals.2bicssc 7aGlobalization.2bicssc 7aThe environment.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aLundan, Sarianna M.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1064-4857/9zProduct website URL02968cam  22003492a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720018001880720015002060820017002212450084002382600055003223000011003773650098003883660075004864400063005615000016006245000052006405160013006925201717007055380020024226500052024426500036024947000027025308560061025579781848550537UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848550537 :cą70.00  a1848550537 :cą70.00  a1534-0856  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJMV22bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.300822210aDiversity and groupsh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Katherine W. Phillips.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a248 p.  a02b70.00cGBPd00hS 59.57 17.5 70.00 10.43jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch on managing groups and teams ;vv. 11,x1534-0856  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848550520, 2008.  aDocument  aDiversity results from the constellation of individual traits, characteristics, identities, experiences, and knowledge that individuals bring to a group. This title helps to promote research on diversity in groups by identifying and integrating various areas of research related to diversity across multiple disciplinary traditions.bDiversity results from the constellation of individual traits, characteristics, identities, experiences, and knowledge that individuals bring to a group. When individuals come together in groups, the similarities and differences among them may have a profound influence on how they feel, communicate, establish cohesion, deal with conflict, negotiate status differences, share and integrate information, develop ideas, make decisions, process information, and solve problems. The effects of diversity are broad and complex. Although there is a long history of research on diversity, researchers are delving deeper into the moderators, contextual factors, psychological processes, and sociological constraints that impact how individuals and groups manage the complexities of diversity in organizations. This volume will help promote research on diversity in groups by identifying and integrating various areas of research related to diversity across multiple disciplinary traditions.  Because researchers in so many different areas have been studying the impact of diversity, and because it plays such an important role in group process and performance, this volume includes chapters and should be relevant for scholars who sit or were trained in many different academic departments including management, communications, psychology, labor and industrial relations and sociology.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aPersonnel & human resources management.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aPhillips, Katherine W.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1534-0856/11zProduct website URL03443cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820016002191000021002352450156002562600055004123000019004673650097004863660075005834400072006585000016007305000052007465160013007985202044008115380020028556500048028756500036029237000037029598560085029969781849505710UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849505710 :cą57.99  a1849505713 :cą57.99  a1479-3512  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJM2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.4022221 aEpstein, Marc J.10aPerformance measurement and management controlh[electronic resource] ;bMeasuring and rewarding performance /cMarc J. Epstein, Jean-Francois Manzoni.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a250 p. :bill.  a02b57.99cGBPd00hS 49.35 17.5 57.99 8.64jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aStudies in managerial and financial accounting ;vv. 18,x1479-3512  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762314799, 2008.  aDocument  aIn 2001, a group of researchers gathered in Nice, France to focus discussion on performance measurement and management control. Following the success of that conference, they held subsequent conferences in 2003, 2005, and 2007. This title contains some of the exemplary papers that were presented at the conference.bIn 2001, we gathered a group of researchers in Nice, France to focus discussion on performance measurement and management control. Following the success of that conference, we held subsequent conferences in 2003, 2005, and 2007. This volume contains some of the exemplary papers that were presented at the most recent conference. The conference has grown in number of participants, quality of presentations, and reputation and this year attracted leading researchers in the field from North America, South America, Europe, Asia, Australia, and Africa. Though the conference has been generally focused on performance measurement and management control and has included presentations on many facets of the topic, each year we have also focused on a particular theme of current interest. This year's theme was directed at measuring and rewarding performance. This includes evaluating and rewarding the performance of organizations, units, teams, and individuals. It includes empirical, analytical and experimental research. In addition to the three plenary sessions, this volume also includes some of the other excellent papers presented at the conference.  The contents of this book represent a collection of leading research in management control and performance measurement and provide a significant contribution to the growing literature in the area. This collection of papers also covers a representative set of topics, research settings, and research methods. We are hopeful that this book will continue the search for additional understanding and development in performance measurement and management control, and provide guidance for both academic researchers and managers as they work toward improving organizations.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aManagement & management techniques.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aManzoni, J. F.,q(Jean-Francois)4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-3512/18uwww.emeraldinsight.comzProduct website URL03843cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820016002191000018002352450118002532600055003713000019004263650098004453660075005434400077006185000016006955000052007115050841007635160013016045201622016175380020032396500047032596500036033067000024033427000031033668560060033979781849501880UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501880 :cą67.95  a1849501882 :cą67.95  a1572-0977  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJU2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.4022221 aJohnson, D.A.10aTeam-based organizingh[electronic resource] /cD.A. Johnson, Susan T. Beyerlein; Edited by Michael M. Beyerlein.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a268 p. :bill.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in interdisciplinary studies of work teams  ;vv. 9,x1572-0977  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762309818, 2003.0 aNavigating the team-based organizing journey, C.L. Harris, M.M. Beyerlein-- change management competencies for creating collaborative organizations, D. Windsor-- assessing organizational contexts in team-based organizations, T..L. Doolen, M.E. Hacker-- managing team-based organizations: proposed strategic model, F. Kennedy-- the importance of team task analysis for team human resource management, S.J. Lorenzet, et al-- group personality composition and work team effectiveness - key factor in staffing the team-based organization?, T. Halfhill, et al-- corporate citizenship in team-based organizations: an essential ingredient for sustained success, T.M. Nielsen, et al-- team leadership and coordination in trauma resuscitation, Seokhwa Yun, et al-- creativity in science teams, K. Blansett-- mergers and acquisitions, L. Bradley.  aDocument  aReveals how the context for teams is critical to their success. This book sets the stage for a context focus by describing the critical success factors that impact team environments and how to address those factors. It focuses on effective change practices for transforming organizations into effective collaborative systems.bConcluding the "Advances in Interdisciplinary Studies of Work Teams" series with a focus on team-based organizing, this title reveals how the context for teams is critical to their success. Environmental factors may determine team goal accomplishment more than factors internal to the team. In particular, alignment of support systems with work teams influences how well they can function and how the team members feel about reaching challenging goals. The initial chapter sets the stage for a context focus by describing the critical success factors that impact team environments and how to address those factors. The second chapter focuses on effective change practices for transforming organizations into effective collaborative systems. The third chapter examines the fit of support systems with teams, including management systems and culture. Chapter four ties these system pieces together in a model that translates the value of team process improvements into financial terms for strategic decision making. Other chapters focus on team level task analysis and organizational citizenship behavior, including the complex flow of leadership in emergency room teams.  As a whole, this volume presents a perspective on team practice and theory that should benefit a wide range of readers.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aBeyerlein, Susan T.1 aBeyerlein, Michael Martin.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1572-0977/9zProduct website URL06499cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820017002191000022002362450186002582600055004443000019004993650098005183660075006164400098006915000016007895000052008055051280008575160013021375203826021505380020059766500030059966500022060267000017060488560060060659781849501989UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501989 :cą67.95  a184950198X :cą67.95  a0885-3339  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCF2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a658.31522221 aPliskin, Jeffrey.10aDeterminants of the incidence and the effects of participatory organizationsh[electronic resource] ;bTheory and international comparisons /cJeffrey Pliskin; Edited by Takao Kato.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a284 p. :bill.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in the economic analysis of participatory & labor-managed firms  ;vv. 7,x0885-3339  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310005, 2003.0 aForeward (D.C. Jones). Introduction (T.Kato, J.Pliskin). Empirical Advances-- I: The Effects of Institutions of Governance at the Corporate and Workplace levels.-- 1. The effects of New York practices - Evidence from employer-employee data, (T. Eriksson).-- 2. Participation, cooperatives and performance: An analysis of Spanish manufacturing firms (J.A. Moriones,et al.).-- 3. Unions and productivity growth: A meta-analytic rewiew, (C. Doucouliagos, P. Laroche).-- 4. Do ESOPs motivate employees? Worker effort, monitoring and participation in employee-owned stock ownership plans, (A.J. Ros).-- 5. On the causes of soft budget constraints: Firm-level evidence from Bulgaria and Romania, (G. Everaert, A. Hildebrandt). Empirical Advances-- II: The Determinants of Participation.-- 6. The incidence and determinants of employee share ownership and profit sharing in Europe (A. Pendleton, et al.).-- 7. Use of profit sharing when workers make decisions: Evidence from a survey of manufacturing workers (C. Adams).-- 8. Specific human capital and employee ownership (N. Wilson et al.). Theoretical Advances.-- 9. Union-firm bargaining over long-term benefits (J.E. Askildsen, N. Ireland).-- 10. Comparative Systems, destructive trade and world distributive justice (J. Vanek).  aDocument  aAddresses the effects of institutions of governance (at the workplace and corporate levels), including various forms of workplace governance (such as self-directed teams), a traditional form (or trade unions) and financial participation schemes. This book also covers issues of the determinants of the incidence of such institutions.bThis volume of "Advances in the Economic Analysis of Participatory and Labor-Managed Firms" consists of ten original papers. The first five papers address the effects of institutions of governance (at the workplace and corporate levels), including new forms of workplace governance (e.g., self-directed teams), a traditional form (or trade unions) and financial participation schemes. The subsequent three papers turn to the issues of the determinants of the incidence of such institutions, followed by two theoretical contributions. The paper by Tor Eriksson introduces a new survey of participatory employment practices in Danish firms, and connects these practices to productivity gains for the firm and wage gain for workers. Jose Alberto Bayo-Moriones, Pedro Javier Galilea-Salvatierra, and Javier Merino-Diaz de Cerio introduce a new telephone survey of participatory employment practices in 965 manufacturing establishments in Spain, and investigate whether these practices lead to gains for the firm and workers. While the above two papers focus on new institutions of workplace governance, the next paper studies a traditional institution of workplace governance, i.e., trade unions.  Chris Doucouliagos and Patrice Laroche conduct a meta-analysis of the effect of unions on productivity growth. All three papers so far concentrate on non-financial aspects of governance. The next two papers tackle such financial aspects. The contribution by Agustin Ros is an empirical study of the effects of employee ownership on effort/shirking and horizontal monitoring based on rich survey data collected by the author on an employee owned firm and 6 comparable private firms. The paper by Everaert and Hildebrandt contributes to the literatures on transition economies and participatory firms by examining the determinants of the incidence of soft budget constraints (SBCs), in particular enterprise ownership structure (including different forms of private ownership). The next three papers turn to the issues of the determinants of participation. Andrew Pendleton, Erik Poutsma, Jos Van Ommeren and Chris Brewster use a unique cross-national survey of financial participation schemes in 2,506 establishments in 14 EU countries, and try to study the determinants of the adoption of such schemes.  Christopher Adams uses rich data on 1,153 product line workers in 162 British private sector manufacturing establishments to examine the use of group incentives (profit sharing or employee share ownership) and worker participation in decision making (specifically over the range of tasks performed). The paper by Nicholas Wilson, Hao Zhang, and Andrew Robinson is an empirical study that examines hypotheses arising from a transaction cost economics (TCE) framework to explain employee share ownership. The last two papers are theoretical contributions. Jan Erik Askildsen and Norman Ireland carefully develop a model of bargaining by a union and a firm over future benefits (e.g., a defined benefit pension) when workers may not receive these benefits either because the firm goes out of business before the benefit is to be paid or the worker leaves the firm before the benefit is vested. In his paper "Comparative Systems, Destructive Trade and World Distributive Justice," one of the pioneers on the broad field of participatory and labor managed firms, Jaroslav Vanek, extends earlier work by presenting an analysis of the impact of international trade in today's globalized economy.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aLabour economics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aKato, Takao.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0885-3339/7zProduct website URL04625cam  22004212a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820014002351000028002492450180002772600055004573000019005123650098005313660075006294400069007045000016007735000052007895052084008415160013029255201016029385380020039546500039039746500029040136500023040427000029040657000030040947000019041248560060041439781849501163UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501163 :cą72.95  a1849501165 :cą72.95  a1529-2096  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aHPQ2bicssc 7aKJG2bicssc 7aPHI2eflch04a174.42221 aDienhart, John William.10aNext phase of business ethicsh[electronic resource] ;bIntegrating psychology and ethics /cJohn William Dienhart, Ronald F. Duska, Dennis J. Moberg; Edited by Moses L. Pava.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a546 p. :bill.  a02b72.95cGBPd00hS 62.09 17.5 72.95 10.86jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in ethical issues in organizations  ;vv. 3,x1529-2096  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762308095, 2001.0 aPart 1 Why business ethics needs to integrate philosophy and psychology - motivation, courage and organizational politics: motivational appeal in normative theories of enterprise-- psychological pragmatism and the imperative of aims - a new approach for business ethics-- can ethical character be stimulated and enabled? An action learning approach to teaching and learning organization ethics.-- Part 2 Philosophical assumptions of empirical methods: cognitive pathology and moral judgment in managers-- on the power of a clear definition of rationality-- mapping perfect and imperfect duties onto hierarchically and partially restrictive trait dimensions-- paradigms linked - a normative-empirical dialogue about business ethics.-- Part 3 Self-interest and altruism: challenging the egoistic paradigm-- two threats to the common good - self-interested egoism and empathy-induced altruism-- the norm of self-interest.-- Part 4 Ethical decision making: ethical leadership and the psychology of decision making-- why good people sometimes do bad things - motivated reasoning and unethical behaviour.-- Part 5 Behaviour in organizations: differences in ethical beliefs, intentions, and behaviours-- the effect of organizational forces on individual morality - judgement, moral approbation and behaviour-- the ethical context in organizations - influences on employee attitudes and behaviours.-- Part 6 Virtue ethics, responsibility, and the search for wisdom: the role of character in business ethics-- authority, heuristics, and the structure of excuses-- managerial wisdom.-- Part 7 Connecting care and rights - individuals, organizations, and markets: beyond caring - the de-moralization of gender-- the moral psychology of business - care and compassion in the corporation-- just caring and caring justice.-- Part 8 Organizational ethics: paradigms for religion in business - the ministry of Norman Vincent Peale and contemporary source of ethics-- academic ethics - a state of the field-- carris companies experience - corporate values in practice-- an all non-American dream.  aDocument  aContains articles that examine the intersection of psychology and ethics in relation to organizational concerns. This book also includes articles on religion in business, academic ethics (as a field within organizational ethics), and corporate values in practice.bIn this volume three of the leading scholars in business ethics have arranged a selection of articles examining the intersection of psychology and ethics in relation to organizational concerns. In searching for appropriate business ethics for the 21st century, it is imperative that we continue to embrace a range of inter-related disciplines such as psychology and ethics, but also areas including philosophy, politics, religion, organizational studies, financial and managerial accounting, and many others. This volume serves as an example of interdisciplinary scholarship. In addition, this volume includes articles on religion in business, academic ethics (as an emerging field within organizational ethics), and corporate values in practice.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEthics & moral philosophy.2bicssc 7aBusiness ethics.2bicssc 7aPhilosophy.2eflch1 aDuska, Ronald F.,d1937-1 aMoberg, Dennis J.,d1944-1 aPava, Moses L.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1529-2096/3zProduct website URL02985cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720023001880720022002110720015002330820017002481000017002652450141002822600055004233000019004783650098004973660075005954400054006705000016007245000052007405050320007925160013011125201229011255380020023546500038023746500050024126500035024627000030024978560060025279781849502467UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502467 :cą74.95  a1849502463 :cą74.95  a1569-3767  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFFHx1FPJ2bicssc 7aKCSx1FPJ2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a332.09522221 aHiraki, T.K.10aJapanese financeh[electronic resource] ;bCorporate finance and capital markets in changing Japan /cT.K. Hiraki; Edited by J.Jay Choi.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a492 p. :bill.  a02b74.95cGBPd00hS 63.79 17.5 74.95 11.16jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aInternational finance review  ;vv. 4,x1569-3767  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310685, 2003.0 aAbbreviated. List of contributors.-- Part I: An Overview and Comparative Analysis.-- Part II: Corporate Finance and Control.-- Part III: Equity and Derivative Markets.-- Part IV: Banking and Bond Markets.-- Part V: International Capital Market Linkages and Transactions.-- Part VI: Currency Prediction and Exposure.  aDocument  aContains 21 substantive papers that address various aspects of Japanese finance. This book describes the commonality and peculiarity of Japanese finance which can be discerned across different applications as well as compared across countries.bJapan has always been an 'odd man out' from the standpoint of Western norm or Western finance. It is a country that is as developed as any in the West. However, it is also a country that possesses the significant institutional and cultural traits that separate it from the West. An important question in finance is to what extent the basic models of finance, developed with the Western 'perfect market' view in mind, can be applied to Japan; or conversely, what critical adjustments must be made to make models amendable to the reality of Japanese finance. This book contains 21 substantive papers that address various aspects of Japanese finance. This is an attempt to bring them together under the same cover so that the commonality and peculiarity of Japanese finance can be more easily discerned across different applications as well as compared across countries. Hence, despite apparent differences in topics, the theme is international and comparative in nature throughout.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aCorporate financezJapan.2bicssc 7aEconomic systems & structureszJapan.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aChoi, Jongmoo Jay,d1945-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1569-3767/4zProduct website URL03027cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720022001880720015002100820018002251000021002432450173002642600055004373000011004923650097005033660075006004400062006755000016007375000052007535050124008055160013009295201442009425380020023846500043024046500036024477000052024837000016025357000017025518560061025689781849503099UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503099 :cą64.95  a1849503095 :cą64.95  a0747-7929  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJKx1FPJ2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.009522221 aHitt, Michael A.10aJapanese firms in transitionh[electronic resource] ;bResponding to the globalization challenge /cMichael A. Hitt, Tom Roehl, Allan Bird; Edited by Joseph L.C. Cheng.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a344 p.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in international management ;vv. 17,x0747-7929  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762311576, 2004.0 aPart I: Adapting To Changing Environment-- Part II: Inter-Organizational Relationship-- Part III: MNCs On Foreign Soil.  aDocument  aExamines how Japanese firms have responded to the challenge of a slower domestic economy and a more competitive international economy. This book addresses such aspects as adaptation to domestic environmental changes, adjustments in inter-organizational relations, and the experience in foreign MNCs in Japan and Japanese MNCs abroad.bThe decade long period of slow growth in Japan has raised provocative questions relating to theory development in international management. Japans 'lost decade' has led to changes in both overall strategy and to increased variety in individual firm responses to slower growth. The combination of internal changes in the Japanese domestic business environment and external changes in the international environment has generated strong incentives for Japanese firms to seek new ways to structure and compete. These adjustments have necessitated changes not only in the management of Japanese firms domestically, but in overseas markets as well. This volume includes contributing chapters from authors based in Asia, Europe, and North America to examine how Japanese firms have responded to the challenge of a slower domestic economy and a more competitive international economy. Articles were selected to address three aspects of this issue: adaptation to domestic environmental changes, adjustments in inter-organizational relations, and the experience in foreign MNCs in Japan and Japanese MNCs abroad.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aInternational businesszJapan.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aCheng, Joseph L. C.,q(Joseph Lap-Chiu),d1952-1 aRoehl, Tom.1 aBird, Allan.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1571-5027/17zProduct website URL03522cam  22003492a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820012002192450076002312600055003073000019003623650098003813660075004794400046005545000016006005000052006165051340006685160013020085201014020216500021030356500035030567000020030918560061031119781849503914UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503914 :cą70.95  a1849503915 :cą70.95  a0196-3821  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFF2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a33222210aResearch in financeh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Andrew H. Chen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a368 p. :bill.  a02b70.95cGBPd00hS 60.38 17.5 70.95 10.57jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in finance  ;vv. 22,x0196-3821  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312771, 2005.0 a1. Corporate Ownership Isnt Always the Best Policy (J.W. Kensinger, S. L. Poe).-- 2. The Information Content Of Corporate Investment Announcements: The Case Of Joint Ventures. (A. J. Keown, P. Laux, J. D. Martin).-- 3. An Expanded Study On The Stock Market Temperature Anomaly. (M. Cao, J.Wei).-- 4. Value and Growth Investing In Asian Stock Markets 1991-2002. (J. Kang, D.Ding).-- 5. An Analysis Of Stock Participation Accreting Redemption Quarterly-Pay Securities (K.C. Chen, F. Widyasari Dewi, L. Zhu).-- 6. Investment Incentives In Project Finance In The Presence Of Partial Loan guarantees. (V. Son Lai, I. Soumare).-- 7. Pricing Options with Price Limits and Market Illiquidity. (C.-C. Chang, Huimin Chung, T.-I. Wang).-- 8. The Increasing Integration and Competition of Financial Institutions and Of Financial Regulations. (J. A. Wilcox).-- 9. A Model of Liquidity and Bank Reserves. (S. A. Kane, Mark L. Muzere).-- 10. An Investigation of the Mid-Loan Relationship between Bank Lenders And Borrowers. (A. A. Gottesman, G. S. Roberts).-- 11. Zero-Non-Zero Patterned Vector Error Correction Modelling For I(2) Cointegrated Time Series With Applications In Testing Ppp And Stock Market Relationships. (T.J. Brailsford, J.H.W. Penm, R.D. Terrell).-- 12. Exchange Rate Cointegration across Central Bank Regime Shifts. (J. A. Lopez).  aDocument  aContains contributions on important topics in finance research. This title covers topics that include the impact of reform in corporate governance, the stock price reactions to the joint venture announcements, the temperature, and the financial signals, the pricing of SPARQs, and the option pricing models with price limits and market liquidity.bThis volume contains contributions on important topics in current finance research. Topics include the impact of recent reform in corporate governance, the stock price reactions to the joint venture announcements, the temperature, and the financial signals, the pricing of SPARQs, the incentive effects in project finance with government financial guarantees, the option pricing models with price limits and market liquidity, the benefits of financial competition and regulation, the banking theories on the required reserves and the impact of mid-loan bank lending, and the new tests PPP and the cointegration test of foreign exchange rates with regime shifts. 7aFinance.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aChen, Andrew H.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0196-3821/22zProduct website URL01476cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720015002050820017002201000017002372450104002542600055003583000011004133650098004243660075005224400059005975000016006565000052006725160013007245200191007375380020009286500049009486500035009977000021010328560061010539781848552678UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848552678 :cą79.95  a184855267X :cą79.95  a1474-7871  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFCM2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a658.15112221 aLee, John Y.10aAdvances in management accountingh[electronic resource] /cJohn Y. Lee; Edited by Marc J. Epstein.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a396 p.  a02b79.95cGBPd00hS 68.04 17.5 79.95 11.91jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in management accounting ;vv. 17,x1474-7871  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848552661, 1900.  aDocument  aSuitable for management accounting scholars, this journal includes articles on a variety of topics in management accounting that are relevant to researchers in both practice and academe.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aManagement accounting & bookkeeping.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aEpstein, Marc J.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1474-7871/17zProduct website URL02388nam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040720015002192450133002342600055003673000011004223650098004333660075005314400062006065000016006685160013006845201115006975380020018126500033018326500023018656500018018887000013019067000016019197000017019358560062019529781849508582UK-WkNB20100217000000.0cu||||||||||||100210e201002uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849508582 :cą74.50  a1849508585 :cą74.50  a0573-8555  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aJKV2bicssc 7aKC2bicssc 7aCRI2eflch10aEconomics of crimeh[electronic resource] ;bDeterrence and the rational offender /cEdited by E. Eide, J. Aasness, T. Skjerpen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2010.  a346 p.  a02b74.50cGBPd00hS 63.40 17.5 74.50 11.10jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20100201cIP 20100210jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aContributions to economic analysis  ;vv. 227,x0573-8555  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aReviews a range of regression analyses of crime in various parts of the world. This title discusses many general, methodological problems of empirical studies of crime, such as identification of models, model selection, measurement errors, and choice of measures corresponding to theoretical concepts.bIn this volume, the rational choice model is extended to a framework of norm-guided theories of crime are incorporated. Based on this framework, a broad range of regression analyses of crime in various parts of the world is reviewed. Many general, methodological problems of empirical studies of crime are discussed, such as identification of models, model selection, measurement errors, and choice of measures corresponding to theoretical concepts. In an empirical chapter, using panel data for police districts in Norway, a novel procedure of identification of models of crime is employed. The model includes measurement relations allowing for random and systematic errors in the registered numbers of crimes and clear-ups. Academics in economics, criminology and sociology will find this book invaluable.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aCrime & criminology.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aCrime.2eflch1 aEide, E.1 aAasness, J.1 aSkjerpen, T.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0573-8555/227zProduct website URL05037cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820015002191000024002342450117002582500020003752600055003953000019004503650097004693660075005664400055006415000016006965000052007125051962007645160013027265201729027395380020044686500047044886500036045357000020045718560060045919781849503303UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503303 :cą64.95  a1849503303 :cą64.95  a1475-9144  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJU2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a302.352221 aYammarino, Francis.10aMulti-level issues in strategy and methodsh[electronic resource] /cFrancis Yammarino; Edited by Fred Danserau.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a482 p. :bill.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in multi-level issues ;vv. 4,x1475-9144  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762311842, 2005.0 aAbout the Editors. List of Contributors. Overview: Multi-Level Issues in Strategy and Methods.-- Part I: Innovation. Innovation in Organizations: A Multi-Level Perspective on Creativity. Resolving Some Paradoxes of Innovation: A Cross-Level Interpretation. "We Want Creativity! No, We Don't!" The Creativity Paradox: Sources, Resolutions, and Directions.-- Part II: Strategic Performance. Multi-Level Issues for Strategic Management Research: Implications for Creating Value and Competitive Advantage. Developing Multi-Level Theory in Strategic Management: The Case of Managerial Talent and Competitive Advantage. A Resource-Based Lens on Value Creation, Competitive Advantage, and Multi-Level Issues in Strategic Management Research. Multi-Level Issues for Strategic Management Research: Further Reflections.-- Part III: Upper Echelons. A Multi-Level Analysis of the Upper Echelons Model. Moving (Finally) Toward a Multi-Level Model of Upper Echelons. Upper Echelons Perspective and Multi-Level Analysis: A Case of the Cart Before the Horse? A Multi-Level Analysis of the Upper Echelons Model: Planting Seeds for Future Research.-- Part IV: Latent Growth Modeling. Multivariate Latent Growth Models: Reading the Covariance Matrix for Multi-Level Interpretations. Multivariate Latent Growth Modeling: Issues on Preliminary Data Analyses. A Note on the Computer Generation of Mean and Covariance Expectations in Latent Growth Curve Analysis. The Value of Heuristics: Clarifying the Purpose of TSA to Analyze Multivariate Latent Growth Models.-- Part V: Intra-Class Correlation. Significance Tests for Differences Between Dependent Intra-Class Correlation Coefficients (ICC's). Interpreting Changes In ICC's: To Agree or Not To Agree, That is the Question. A Model Selection Approach to Testing Dependent ICC's. More on the Comparison of Intra-Class Correlation Coefficients (ICC's) as Measures of Homogeneity.-- Part VI: About the Authors. About the Authors.  aDocument  aUsing a scientific debate format of a key scholarly essay followed by two commentaries and a rebuttal, this title presents theoretical work, significant empirical studies, methodological developments, analytical techniques, and philosophical treatments to advance the field of multi-level studies, regardless of disciplinary perspective.b"Multi-Level Issues in Strategy and Methods" is Volume 4 of "Research in Multi-Level Issues", an annual series that provides an outlet for the discussion of multi-level problems and solutions across a variety of fields of study. Using a scientific debate format of a key scholarly essay followed by two commentaries and a rebuttal, we present in this series theoretical work, significant empirical studies, methodological developments, analytical techniques, and philosophical treatments to advance the field of multi-level studies, regardless of disciplinary perspective. Similar to Volumes 1 (Yammarino and Dansereau, 2002), 2 (Dansereau and Yammarino, 2003), and 3 (Yammarino and Dansereau), this volume, Volume 4, contains five major essays with commentaries and rebuttals that cover a range of topics, but in the realms of strategy and research methods. In particular, the five 'critical essays' offer extensive literature reviews, new model developments, methodological advancements, and some empirical data for the study of innovation, strategic performance, upper echelons, latent growth modeling, and intra-class correlations.  While each of the major essays, and associated commentaries and rebuttals, is unique in orientation, they show a common bond in raising and addressing multi-level issues or discussing problems and solutions that involve multiple levels of analysis.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aDanserau, Fred.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1475-9144/4zProduct website URL01509cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820016002192450097002352500020003322600055003523000019004073650098004263660075005244400067005995000016006665000052006825160013007345200242007475380020009896500024010096500035010337000019010688560060010879781849501699UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501699 :cą67.95  a1849501696 :cą67.95  a1475-1488  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFC2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a657.01922210aAdvances in accounting behavioral researchh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Vicky Arnold.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a296 p. :bill.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in accounting behavioral research ;vv. 5,x1475-1488  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762309535, 2002.  aDocument  aThe world of accounting is subject to the vagaries of human nature just like any other profession. This book presents research into the behavioural aspects and leadership challenges facing those working in the profession in 21st century.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aAccounting.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aArnold, Vicky.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1475-1488/5zProduct website URL02358cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720017002040720015002210820015002361000025002512450142002762600055004183000011004733650100004843660078005844400065006625000016007275000052007435160013007955201081008085380020018896500024019096500028019336500035019619781848553019UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090721e200907uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848553019 :cą64.95  a1848553013 :cą64.95  a1041-7060  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFC2bicssc 7aKFFD2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a657.612221 aSaravanamuthu, Kala.10aExtending Schumacher's concept of total accounting and accountability into the 21st centuryh[electronic resource] /cKala Saravanamuthu.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a316 p.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2onix-pt  b20090720cIP 20090721jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in public interest accounting  ;vv. 14,x1041-7060  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848553002, 2009.  aDocument  aThere are renewed calls for a paradigm shift from the metaphysics of materialism that informs conventional thinking, to holistic theorisations of how we should engage with the other. This book introduces readers to the science of climate change and its implications for managing natural resources.bA decade on from Schumacher's 1997 work, there are renewed calls for a paradigm shift from the metaphysics of materialism that informs conventional thinking, to holistic theorisations of how we should engage with the other. Twenty-first century frameworks of accountability should emancipate society from the hegemony of neo-classical economics. This special issue posits Schumacher's Middle Way thinking in the context of growing concerns about global warming and climatic changes and, teases out its implications for holistic accountability by: introducing readers to the science of climate change and its implications for managing natural resources; and integrating 'western' and 'eastern' tenets of holistic knowledge without dichotomising them into 'either or' frameworks.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aAccounting.2bicssc 7aPublic finance.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch02668cam  22003492a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720015002030820014002182450065002322600055002973000019003523650097003713660075004684400057005435000016006005000052006165160013006685201489006815380020021706500023021906500022022137000022022358560061022579781849505086UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849505086 :cą62.95  a184950508X :cą62.95  a1049-2585  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKC2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a339.222210aEquityh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Peter J. Lambert.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a320 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch on economic inequality ;vv. 15,x1049-2585  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762314508, 2007.  aDocument  aFor equity, societies may wish to eliminate certain forms or manifestations of inequality. Part of the "Research on Economic Inequality" series, this volume provides an international forum for those researchers interested in the study of economic inequality and related fields.bFor equity, societies may wish to eliminate certain forms or manifestations of inequality. Horizontal equity and vertical equity in the income tax are topics which have interested me for some years. Although any shortfall from each of these objectives can be measured in terms of unwanted inequalities, equity per se is a different concept from equality. Equity relates to fairness, justice and other societal norms which give expression to the best aspirations of our collective social conscience. For example, equal access to health care for those in equal need is an accepted norm for horizontal equity in the health field. Vertical equity in this context means treating appropriately differently those who have different needs. The papers which are ultimately included in this volume are the ones, from among those offered, which survived a rigorous refereeing process. Each has its own take on the concept of equity, and its link with equality. Part of the "Research on Economic Inequality" series, it provides an international forum for all researchers interested in the study of economic inequality and related fields. It brings together a diversity of perspectives.  This volume focuses on Equity.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aLambert, Peter J.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1049-2585/15zProduct website URL02641cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720022001880720023002100720015002330820017002482450120002652600055003853000011004403650098004513660075005494400091006245000016007155000052007315050585007835160013013685200674013816500047020556500044021026500022021467000031021688560068021999781849501095UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501095 :cą74.95  a1849501092 :cą74.95  a0743-4154  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCAx1KBB2bicssc 7aHBTBx1KBB2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.097322210aRichard T. Ely's the story of economics in the United Statesh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Warren J. Samuels.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a324 p.  a02b74.95cGBPd00hS 63.79 17.5 74.95 11.16jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the history of economic thought & methodology  ;vv. 20, Pt. C,x0743-4154  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762307944, 2002.0 aPart: 1. Introductory.-- 2. Early American Economics in its European setting.-- 3. American Protests Against English Economics.-- 4. The Evolution of the Scientific Point of View in Economics.-- 5. The Development of the Scientific Point of View in Relation to the Tariff.-- 6. Henry C. Carey First American Economist.-- 7. The English Classical School in the United States.-- 8. "Epigones".-- 9. Economic Thought in the South.-- 10. The New Life in American Economics.-- 11. Francis A. Walker.-- 12. Two Philosophical Economists: Simon N. Patten and John Bates Clark. Appendices.  aDocument  aRichard T Ely was both a reformer of economics and a leading economist between the 1880's and 1930's. A founder of the American economic association, he himself wrote on a vast number of topics. This work presents Ely's study of the history of American economic thought.bThis work publishes for the first time Richard T. Ely's study of the history of American economic thought. Ely was both a reformer of economics and a leading economist between the 1880's and 1930's. A founder of the American economic association, he himself wrote on a vast number of topics. This history of American economics tells a story that is both straightforward and his own interpretation. 7aEconomic theory & philosophyzUSA.2bicssc 7aSocial & cultural historyzUSA.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSamuels, Warren J.,d1933-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0743-4154/20 Part 3zProduct website URL02728cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720018002040720015002220820014002371000014002512450149002652600055004143000019004693650098004883660075005864400071006615000016007325000052007485050850008005160013016505200453016635380020021166500031021366500044021676500036022117000022022478560061022699781849501484UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501484 :cą70.95  a1849501483 :cą70.95  a1069-0964  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJS2bicssc 7aKJMV82bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.82221 aMoore, E.10aEssays by distinguished marketing scholars of the Society for Marketing Advancesh[electronic resource] /cE. Moore; Edited by Arch G. Woodside.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a232 p. :bill.  a02b70.95cGBPd00hS 60.38 17.5 70.95 10.57jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in business marketing and purchasing ;vv. 11,x1069-0964  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762308699, 2002.0 aAdvances in applied consumer behavior: a market segmentation programme, (H. Assael)-- The interplay of cognitions and emotions in building services customers retention, (J-C. Chebat)-- Technology and the new economy: implications for Higher Education and the marketing discipline, (J.F. Hair Jr., B.J. Babin)-- Selected issues in modeling consumer brand choice - the extended competitive vulnerability model, (M. Laroche)-- Observations on some key psychometric properties of paper-and-pencil measures, (R.G. Netemeyer et al.)-- Marketing is a body of knowledge, (R.A. Peterson et al.)-- Distinguishing consumers' need for uniqueness from individuation and general need for uniqueness, (K. Tepper Tian, W.O. Bearden)-- Social structural foundations of publication productivity in the Journal of Consumer Research (1974-1994), (J.C. Ward et al.).  aDocument  aIncludes papers that review a stream of research in marketing.bThis volume presents a collection of papers written by senior marketing scholars based on their presentations upon receiving the 'Society for Marketing Advances Distinguished Marketing Scholar Award'. Each paper reviews a stream of research in marketing and reflects the wisdom of authors highly cited in the literature - with citations of their work usually spanning several decades.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aSales & marketing.2bicssc 7aPurchasing & supply management.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aWoodside, Arch G.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1069-0964/11zProduct website URL05008cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820012002192450076002312600055003073000019003623650098003813660075004794400046005545000016006005000052006165051237006685160013019055202571019185380020044896500021045096500035045307000020045658560061045859781849502511UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502511 :cą67.95  a184950251X :cą67.95  a0196-3821  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFF2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a33222210aResearch in financeh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Andrew H. Chen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a258 p. :bill.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in finance  ;vv. 20,x0196-3821  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310739, 2003.0 aList of contributors. Introduction. Impact of differential and double taxation on corporate financial policies in an inflationary world (A.H. Chen, E.J. Kane). Price ceiling regulation of a tax evading monopolist (P. Sengupta). Deposit preference legislation and failed banks' resolution costs (W.P. Osterberg, J.B. Thomson). Secondary mortgage markets, GSEs and the changing cyclicality of mortgage flows (J. Peek, J.A. Wilcox). Increasing market discipline on banks: subordinated debt and bank loan sales (A.H. Chen, K.J. Robinson, T.F. Siems). Using zero-non-zero patterned vector autoregressive modelling to test for causality between money supply, GDP growth, the London stock market index and the euro exchange rate (E.J.Y. Lin, et al.). Fragile fixed exchange rates with banking safety net guarantees (S.A. Kane, M.L. Muzere). Long memory in currency futures volatility (C.-F. Chung, M-W. Hung, Y-H. Liu). Valuation of pension benefit guarantees and termination conditions (J.-P. Lee, S.-C. Lee, M.-T. Yu). Stock dividend announcement and information signaling theory: The case of Taiwan (K. Hung, C.-W. Duan, G.I. Nwanna). The optimization of efficient portfolios: The case for an R&D quatratic term (J.B. Guerard, A. Mark).  aDocument  aFeatures papers that present research in finance. Based upon the CAPM, this title shows that double taxation and differential tax rates on a personal and capital-gains income, affect corporate stock values and financial policies in nonneutral ways. It also shows tax evasion decisions of a monopolist in a price-ceiling regulatory environment.bEleven papers in this volume present some current interesting and important research in finance. Based upon the CAPM, Chen and Kane show that double taxation and differential tax rates on a personal and capital-gains income, affect corporate stock values and financial policies in nonneutral ways. Sengupta shows tax evasion decisions of a monopolist in a price-ceiling regulatory environment. In their paper, Osterberg and Thomson empirically examine the impact of state-level deposit preference laws on resolution type and costs for all operating FDIC-BIF insured commercial banks that were closed, or required FDIC financial assistance, from January 1986 through December 1992. Peek and Wilcox show that during periods of international financial crises, or of domestic economic stress, the government-sponsored enterprises (GSEs) are well suited to stabilize mortgage markets. In their paper, Chen, Robinson and Siems empirically show the association between banks' subordinated debt and their loan sales activities and its implications in the transmission mechanism of monetary policy. Also in this volume, Lin et al. use the Granger causality test to examine the linkage between the euro exchange rate and the money supply and GDP in the euro community, as well as its impact on the UK exchange rate and the London stock exchange market index.  In their paper, Kane and Muzere extend the Diamond-Dybvig model of bank runs to an open market economy and show that adding the central banks and the IMF, guarantees will reduce, but not eliminate the banking as well as currency crises. The paper by Chung et al. empirically shows the presence of a long memory, property in currency, future markets, and discusses its hedging implications. In their paper, Lee, Lee and Yu develop a valuation model for the pension benefit guarantees that incorporates the plan termination conditions as well as a stochastic interest rate. In a case study, Hung et al. empirically show that the specially designed dividends (SDD) have positive signals in the Taiwan Stock Exchange. Finally, in their paper, Guerard and Mark show that the use of an R&D quadratic term enhances the mean-variance efficient portfolios and stockholder returns.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aFinance.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aChen, Andrew H.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0196-3821/20zProduct website URL02821cam  22003492a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720022001880720015002100820018002252450100002432600055003433000019003983650098004173660075005154400100005905000016006905000052007065160013007585201538007715380020023096500044023296500016023737000021023898560061024109781849502658UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502658 :cą71.95  a184950265X :cą71.95  a1048-4736  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aLNRx1KBB2bicssc 7aLAW2eflch04a346.7304822210aIntellectual property and entrepreneurshiph[electronic resource] /cEdited by Gary D. Libecap.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a322 p. :bill.  a02b71.95cGBPd00hS 61.23 17.5 71.95 10.72jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in the study of entrepreneurship, innovation and economic growth  ;vv. 15,x1048-4736  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762311026, 2004.  aDocument  aIncludes papers that represent some of the leading work on intellectual property. This title addresses the question of how to create incentives to develop fresh technologies and how to protect those technologies once developed from theft. It also asks when valuable property might be developed even under weak ownership conditions.bThe papers in this volume represent some of the leading work on intellectual property. They address the question of how to create incentives to develop new technologies and how to protect those technologies once developed from theft. They also ask when valuable property might be developed even under weak ownership conditions. Other papers address how firms balance the trade offs in considering costly patent litigation and they examine the antitrust implications. Although issues of intellectual property rights would seem to be ones of interest only to obscure groups of academics and lawyers, they have become topics of everyday discussion among the regular population. Alleged copyright infringements by people downloading music from the internet and accompanying threats of prosecution as well as charges of strategic patenting to harm competitors in recent high profile antitrust cases have placed intellectual property into public and political debate. The incentives provided by secure property rights for promoting research and development, investment, production, and exchange are well known. These are the major arguments for patents, copyrights and other forms of intellectual property.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aIntellectual property lawzUSA.2bicssc 7aLaw.2eflch1 aLibecap, Gary D.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1048-4736/15zProduct website URL04263cam  22004092a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820016002351000020002512450110002712600055003813000011004363650098004473660075005454400055006205000016006755000052006915051188007435160013019315201671019445380020036156500042036356500046036776500022037237000025037457000023037708560060037939781849504652UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504652 :cą85.95  a1849504652 :cą85.95  a1529-2134  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCA2bicssc 7aJMR2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.0192221 aKrecke, Carine.10aCognition and economicsh[electronic resource] /cCarine Krecke, Roger Koppl; Edited by Elisabeth Krecke.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a280 p.  a02b85.95cGBPd00hS 73.15 17.5 85.95 12.80jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in Austrian economics ;vv. 9,x1529-2134  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313785, 2006.0 aChapter 1. Introduction to a Cognitive Methodology in Economics (Elisabeth Krecke and Carine Krecke)-- Chapter 2. Does The Sensory Order Have a Useful Economic Future? (William N. Butos and Roger G. Koppl)-- Chapter 3. Science and Market as Adaptive Classifying Systems (Thomas J. McQuade)-- Chapter 4. Hayeks Theory of Knowledge and Behavioural Finance (Alfons Cortes and Salvatore Rizzello)-- Chapter 5. Instinct and Habit Before Reason: Comparing the Views of John Dewey, Friedrich Hayek and Thorstein Veblen (Geoffrey M. Hodgson)-- Chapter 6. Elements of a Cognitive Theory of the Firm (Bart Nooteboom)-- Chapter 7. Austrian Theory of Entrepreneurship Meets the Social and Bioeconomics of the Ethnically Homogeneous Middleman Group (Janet T. Landa)-- Chapter 8. The Anti-Foundational Dilemma: Normative Implications for the Economic Analysis of Law (Elisabeth Krecke and Carine Krecke)-- Chapter 9. Alfred Marshall Meets Law and Economics: Rationality, Norms and Theories as Tendency Statements (Steven G. Medema)-- Chapter 10. Cognitive Theory as the Ground of Political Theory in Plato, Popper, Dewey and Hayek (Richard A. Posner) Note on Behavioral Economics (Nick Schandler).  aDocument  aExamines the impact of cognitive science growth on the economics discipline. This volume looks ahead to the future of economics.bThe cognitive sciences, having emerged in the second half of the twentieth century, are recently experiencing a spectacular renewal which cannot leave unaffected any discipline that deals with human behavior. The primary motivation for our project has been to weigh up the impact that this ongoing revolution of the sciences of the mind is likely to have on social sciences in particular, on economics. The idea was to gather together a diverse group of social scientists to think about the following questions. Have the various new approaches to cognition provoked a crisis in economic science? Should we speak of a scientific revolution in economics occurring under the growing influence of the cognitive paradigm? Above all, can a more precise knowledge of the complex functioning of the human mind and brain advance in any way the understanding of economic decision-making? This volume brings together economists from various traditions such as Austrian economics, evolutionary economics, institutional economics, law and economics, neuro-economics and bio-economics. More specifically, it contains contributions by William N. Butos and Roger G. Koppl, Geoffrey M.  Hodgson, Carine Krecke and Elisabeth Krecke, Janet T. Landa, Thomas J. McQuade, Steven G. Medema, Bart Nooteboom, Richard A. Posner, Salvatore Rizzello and Alfons Cortes. It examines the impact of cognitive science growth on the economics discipline. Contributors represent a wide variety of economic thought and tradition. It looks ahead to the future of economics.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomic theory & philosophy.2bicssc 7aCognition & cognitive psychology.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aKoppl, Roger,d1957-1 aKrecke, Elisabeth.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1529-2134/9zProduct website URL04811cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720022001880720015002100820016002251000022002412450106002632600055003693000019004243650098004433660075005414400054006165000016006705000052006865051541007385160013022795201955022925380020042476500058042676500022043257000030043478560060043779781849501286UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501286 :cą72.95  a1849501289 :cą72.95  a1569-3767  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCLx1QFE2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a332.0422221 aWrase, Jeffrey M.10aEuropean monetary union and capital marketsh[electronic resource] /cJ. Wrase; Edited by J.Jay Choi.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a288 p. :bill.  a02b72.95cGBPd00hS 62.09 17.5 72.95 10.86jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aInternational finance review  ;vv. 2,x1569-3767  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762308309, 2001.0 aPart 1: An Overview of European Monetary Union and Capital Markets. Monetary union and market integration: Capital and goods market issues pertaining to the launching of the Euro (J.J. Choi, J. Wrase).-- Part 2: Approaching Monetary Union in Europe: History and Foundations. Historical overview of the transition to monetary union in Europe. (K. Phillips, J. Wrase). An retrospective structural break analysis of the French German interest rate differential in the run-up to EMU (J. Henry, P. McAdam). Volatility and misalignments of EMS and other currencies during 1974-1998 (M.G. Papaioannou).-- Part 3: European Monetary Union and Capital Markets. The impact of the Euro on primary equity markets (E.K. Gatzonas). Country and industry effects in Euroland's equity markets (I.J.M. Arnold). Intra-day transmission of international stock prices (C.S. Eun, J.G. Jeong).-- Part 4: Monetary and Fiscal Policy Issues in the Monetary Union. Organization and policy procedures of the European system of central banks (J. Wrase). Monetary and fiscal policy rules in the European economic and monetary union: A simulation analysis (G. Haber, R. Neck, W.J. Mckibbin). Is there potential for monetary union outside Europe? (V. Hooper).-- Part 5: Trade and Market Power. Monetary union expansion: The role of market power in trade (M.M. Spiegel). The European monetary union vs. U.S.A, cooperation and competition: An examination of welfare benefits (L.B. Ramrattan, C.D. Tully, M. Szenberg). The Euro exchange rate and consumer prices (S. Ranki).  aDocument  aConsiders effects on capital and goods markets of monetary union in general and European Monetary Union (EMU) in particular. This book covers adjustments in goods and labor markets, adjustments in money and capital markets, and institutional adjustments when a group of countries adopt a common currency (and a common monetary policy).bTo form a more perfect economic union and to establish a single market financially, economically and politically, 11 European countries founded a common currency and a European Central Bank, and created a new monetary unit, the euro, on 1st January, 1999. On that date, the old national currencies officially became subunits of the euro, much as the nickel and quarter are subunits of the dollar. Fifteen countries started down the road to monetary union in 1992, when they signed the Treaty on European Union, commonly known as the Maastricht Treaty, which outlined a basic structure for the alliance. However, of those 15 countries, only 11 initially joined the European Monetary Union (EMU): three countries opted out, and another did not meet the economic criteria established for membership in the union. The EMU countries decided that the benefits of having one common currency instead of 11 different ones would outweigh the costs, especially given the amount of travel, trade and financial flow that takes place between these countries. This volume considers effects on capital and goods markets of monetary union in general and European Monetary Union (EMU) in particular.  The effects of monetary union addressed here broadly fall into three categories - adjustments in goods and labor markets, adjustments in money and capital markets, and institutional adjustments when a group of countries adopt a common currency (and a common monetary policy), but retain quasi-independent fiscal (and other economic) policies. The relation between monetary union and capital market integration is also highlighted.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aInternational economicszEU (European Union).2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aChoi, Jongmoo Jay,d1945-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1569-3767/2zProduct website URL03607cam  22004212a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820017002191000022002362450126002582500020003842600055004043000019004593650097004783660075005754400088006505000016007385000052007545050173008065160013009795201946009925380020029386500065029586500022030237000020030457000021030657000019030867000020031058560060031259781849503709UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503709 :cą64.95  a1849503702 :cą64.95  a1479-3601  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aTRT2bicssc 7aTRA2eflch04a623.74692221 aPringle, Heather.10aHuman factors of remotely operated vehiclesh[electronic resource] /cHeather Pringle [et al.]; Edited by Nancy J. Cooke.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a412 p. :bill.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in human performance & cognitive engineering research  ;vv. 7,x1479-3601  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312474, 2006.0 aHuman Error in ROV Operations. Automation and ROVs. Issues in Multi-ROV Control. ROV Interface Design. Emerging Methodologies in ROV System Design. ROV Operator Issues.  aDocument  aThe commonly used terms, 'unmanned' or 'uninhabited', are misleading in the context of remotely operated vehicles. This book highlights the human factor issues associated with remotely operated vehicles. It displays the human-oriented research and design that speaks to these issues.bThe commonly used terms, 'unmanned' or 'uninhabited', are misleading in the context of remotely operated vehicles. In the case of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs), there are many people involved on the ground ranging from those operating the vehicle from a ground control station, to the people coordinating multiple UAVs in an air operations or air traffic control center. The complexity of remote vehicle operations is also often underestimated and seen as a simple navigation task, neglecting the more complex functions associated with remote camera operations, data gathering, and even weapons activity. In addition, trends in the military and civilian sectors involving reduced staffing, increased number of vehicles of control, and integration with other operations are associated with critical human factors issues. For example, the integration of UAVs with manned aircraft in the national airspace poses numerous human factors challenges. In summary, though these vehicles may be unmanned they are not unoperated, unsupervised, or uncontrolled.  The role of the human in these systems is critical and raises a number of human factors research and design issues ranging from multiple vehicle control and adaptive automation to spatial disorientation and synthetic vision. The purpose of this book is to highlight the pressing human factor issues associated with remotely operated vehicles and to showcase some of the state of the art human-oriented research and design that speaks to these issues. In this book the human components of the 'unmanned' system take center stage compared to the vehicle technology that often captures immediate attention.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aIntelligent & automated transport system technology.2bicssc 7aTransport.2eflch1 aCooke, Nancy J.1 aPedersen, Harry.1 aConnor, Olena.1 aSalas, Eduardo.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-3601/7zProduct website URL02827cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820019002191000018002382450135002562600055003913000011004463650101004573660078005584400051006365000016006875160013007035201623007165380020023396500018023596500026023776500022024037000021024257000019024469781848559035UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090814e200910uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848559035 :cą69.95  a1848559038 :cą69.95  a0731-9053  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCH2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.0151952221 aBinner, Jane.10aMeasurement errorh[electronic resource] ;bConsequences, applications and solutions /cJane Binner, David Edgerton, Thomas Elger.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a320 p.  a02b69.95cGBPd00hS 59.53 17.5 69.95 10.42jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2onix-pt  b20091022cIP 20091009jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in econometrics  ;vv. 24,x0731-9053  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aThe conference, 'Measurement Error: Econometrics and Practice' highlighted the enormous problems caused by measurement error in Economic and Financial data which often go largely unnoticed. This includes a selection of papers presented at the conference. It is suitable for economists, financial analysts and practitioners.bThe conference, 'Measurement Error: Econometrics and Practice' was recently hosted by Aston University and organised jointly by researchers from Aston University and Lund University to highlight the enormous problems caused by measurement error in Economic and Financial data which often go largely unnoticed. Thanks to the sponsorship from Eurostat, a number of distinguished researchers were invited to present keynote lectures. Professor Arnold Zellner from University of Chicago shared his knowledge on measurement error in general; Professor William Barnett from the University of Kansas gave a lecture on implications of measurement error on monetary policy, whilst Dennis Fixler shared his knowledge on how statistical agencies deal with measurement errors. This volume is the result of the selection of high-quality papers presented at the conference and is designed to draw attention to the enormous problem in econometrics of measurement error in data provided by the worlds leading statistical agencies; highlighting consequences of data error and offering solutions to deal with such problems.  This volume should appeal to economists, financial analysts and practitioners interested in studying and solving economic problems and building econometric models in everyday operations.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 0aEconometrics. 7aEconometrics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aEdgerton, David.1 aElger, Thomas.04644cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820020002192450134002392600055003733000011004283650097004393660075005364400061006115000016006725000052006885051291007405160013020315202024020445380020040686500052040886500022041407000025041627000022041878560061042099781849504461UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090331e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504461 :cą62.95  a1849504466 :cą62.95  a0278-0984  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aJNK2bicssc 7aEDU2eflch04a379.158097322210aImproving school accountabilityh[electronic resource] ;bCheck-ups or choice /cEdited by Timothy J. Gronberg, Dennis W. Jansen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a296 p.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090331jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in applied micro-economics ;vv. 14,x0278-0984  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313518, 2006.0 aLIST OF CONTRIBUTORS-- EDITORS INTRODUCTION-- TINKERING TOWARD ACCOLADES: SCHOOL GAMING UNDER A PERFORMANCE ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM (Julie Berry Cullen and Randall Reback)-- ACCOUNTABILITY, ABILITY AND DISABILITY: GAMING THE SYSTEM? (David N. Figlio and Lawrence S. Getzler)-- DO GOOD HIGH SCHOOLS PRODUCE GOOD COLLEGE STUDENTS? EARLY EVIDENCE FROM NEW YORK CITY (Hella Bel Hadj Amor, Amy Ellen Swartz and Leanna Stiefel)-- EFFICIENCY AND PERFORMANCE IN TEXAS PUBLIC SCHOOLS (Timothy J. Gronberg, Dennis W. Jansen and George S. Naufal)-- AN EXAMINATION OF STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT IN MICHIGAN CHARTER SCHOOLS (Randall W. Eberts and Kevin M. Hollenbeck)-- DOES SCHOOL CHOICE INCREASE SCHOOL QUALITY? EVIDENCE FROM NORTH CAROLINA CHARTER SCHOOLS (George M. Holmes, Jeff DeSimone and Nicolas G. Rupp)-- COMPETITION AND ACCESSIBILITY IN SCHOOL MARKETS: EMPIRICAL ANALYSIS USING BOUNDRY DISCONTINUITIES (Stephen Gibbons and Olmo Silva)-- THE EFFECT OF SCHOOL CHOICE AND RESIDENTIAL LOCATION ON THE RACIAL SEGREGATION OF STUDENTS (Hamilton Lankford and James Wyckoff)-- BEYOND ACHIEVEMENT: ENROLLMENT CONSEQUENCES OF CHARTER SCHOOLS IN MICHIGAN (Eugenia F. Toma, Ron Zimmer and John T. Jones)-- THE LABOR MARKET IMPACT OF SCHOOL CHOICE: CHARTER COMPETITION AND TEACHER COMPENSATION (Lori L. Taylor).  aDocument  aBrings together ten papers by researchers who tackle important economic issues surrounding school accountability reforms. This title includes works that assist in the understanding of important economic and public policy issues. It is of interest to researchers in business, economics, microeconomics, and public policy disciplines.bThis volume brings together ten papers by outstanding researchers who tackle important economic issues surrounding school accountability reforms. The existing state of K-12 public education in the United States is perceived as unacceptable by a large number and wide variety of critics. How to improve upon this state is the subject of much disagreement. The public discussion is heated, and even the academic debate is often sharp. One common thread of argument stresses the need to increase accountability as a strategy for improving public school quality. There are two broad mechanisms for increasing accountability. If current outcomes are too low, then setting acceptable performance standards is one approach to generating quality improvements. The task becomes one of defining appropriate accountability standards and establishing a system of incentives to implement those standards. Alternatively, the low current performance may reflect weak productivity incentives traceable to the limited competition which many school operators face.  The suggested remedy is a dose of increased choice, either increased public sector offerings such as charter schools or increased private sector choice via voucher-type programs. The papers in this volume employ relevant microeconomic analysis and current econometric techniques to better our understanding of these vital economic and public policy issues. It includes ten papers by leading researchers in the discipline. Included are works that assist in the understanding of important economic and public policy issues. It appeals to a wide audience of researchers in business, economics, microeconomics, and public policy disciplines.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOrganization & management of education.2bicssc 7aEducation.2eflch1 aGronberg, Timothy J.1 aJansen, Dennis W.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0278-0984/14zProduct website URL04271cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720018001880720015002060820016002211000024002372450133002612600055003943000019004493650097004683660075005654400078006405000016007185000052007345051081007865160013018675201816018805380020036966500053037166500036037697000031038058560061038369781849503518UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503518 :cą64.95  a1849503516 :cą64.95  a1572-0977  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJMV52bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.4022221 aKennedy, Frances H.10aCollaborative capitalh[electronic resource] ;bCreating intangible value /cFrances H. Kennedy; Edited by Michael M. Beyerlein.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a224 p. :bill.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in interdisciplinary studies of work teams  ;vv. 11,x1572-0977  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312221, 2005.0 aResearch Teams in an Australian Biotechnology Field: How Intellectual Property Influences Collaboration. Creating Cultures of Collaboration that Thrive on Diversity - A Transformational Perspective on Building Collaborative Capital. Exploiting Intellectual and Collaborative Capital for Innovation in Knowledge-Intensive Industries. Connecting Across Miles and Wires: Examining Collaborative Capital Development in Virtual Spaces. Striving for a New Ideal: A Work Environment to Energize Collaborative Capacity Across East and West Boundaries. Team-Member Exchange and Individual Contributions to Collaborative Capital in Organizations. Leading Together, Working Together: The Role of Team Shared Leadership in Building Collaborative Capital in Virtual Teams. Leadership, Collaborative Capital, and Innovation. Minimizing the Impact of Organizational Distress on Intellectual and Social Capital Through Development of Collaborative Capital. From Work Group to Team: The Growth of City. Knotworking to Create Collaborative Intentionality Capital in Fluid Organizational Fields.  aDocument  aIntangible forms of capital are being recognized in both research and practice as essential resources for fueling company growth. Forms of intangible capital include: intellectual, organizational, human, relationship, social, political, innovation, and collaborative. This volume consists of papers that focus on collaborative capital.bIntangible forms of capital are being recognized in both research and practice as essential resources for fueling company growth. Forms of intangible capital include: intellectual, organizational, human, relationship, social, political, innovation, and collaborative. This volume consists of papers that focus on collaborative capital - broadly defined as the organizational assets that enable people to work together well. It is manifested in such outcomes as increased innovation and creativity, commitment and involvement, flexibility and adaptability, leveraging of knowledge, and enhanced learning. 'Collaborative capital' represents a core competency or strategic resource essential for building competitive advantage by enabling the creation of networks of conversations and relationships. However, it is seldom developed in a deliberate and systematic way, but rather as an incidental outcome of formal and informal organizational change. It may be deliberately increased by change in organizational systems, practices, design, learning, and culture. The term collaborative capital has seldom been used in research literature dealing with how people work together.  Consequently, the meaning, measurement, and impact of collaborative capital in practice have not been explored to any significant extent. The papers in this volume launch that process with teaming contexts ranging from alliances and partnerships, to cross-national teams and cross-disciplinary teams.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aProduction & quality control management.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aBeyerlein, Michael Martin.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1572-0977/11zProduct website URL03995cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820016002191000023002352450104002582500020003622600055003823000019004373650097004563660075005534400062006285000016006905000052007065160013007585202566007715380020033376500048033576500036034057000022034417000021034637000052034848560061035369781849504799UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504799 :cą62.95  a1849504792 :cą62.95  a0747-7929  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJM2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.0492221 aSteers, Richard M.10aGlobal mindseth[electronic resource] /cRichard M. Steers [et al.]; Volume editor Mansour Javidan.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a240 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in international management ;vv. 19,x0747-7929  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762314027, 2007.  aDocument  aA global mindset is 'a set of individual attributes that enable an individual to influence individuals, groups, and organizations from diverse socio/cultural/institutional systems'. This book aims to explore the content of a global mindset, how it is developed, when and how it should be applied, and what its consequences are.bIn his best selling book "The World is Flat", Friedman (2005) argues that many more countries and companies now compete in global markets than ever before. The effects of globalization are pervasive and are leading to the emergence of new social, political and business models. This flattening of the world represents a fundamental change and requires that managers of organizations throughout the world develop and use a global mindset. A global mindset is 'a set of individual attributes that enable an individual to influence individuals, groups, and organizations from diverse socio/cultural/institutional systems'. The importance of this global mindset suggests that we need to better understand both its theoretical base and its practical relevance. The purpose of this book is to explore the content of a global mindset, how it is developed, when and how it should be applied, and what its consequences are. Therefore, a new source of competitive advantage is emerging: the ability to integrate players from many parts of the world faster and more effectively than others.  The challenge to global corporations is increasingly to create seamless globally integrated systems to satisfy diverse customer needs in diverse global markets. Corporation's ability to create globally integrated systems depends to a large extent on their success in getting their employees, managers, and executives to understand and adapt to a flat world. Thus, the new competitive advantage of global corporations lies in their ability to shape the minds and actions of their employees to ensure successful performance. The contributions in this volume suggest that the concept of global mindset represents an important competitive tool for today's managers. Corporate leaders are advised to develop, exhibit and act with a global mindset in order for their firms to achieve and maintain a competitive advantage in international markets. Without such a mindset, such firms are likely to encounter better prepared and more knowledgeable global competitors, thereby threatening their very survival. This work gives a detailed account of the global mindset as an important competitive tool. It is international in scope and is edited by field leaders.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aManagement & management techniques.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aJavidan, Mansour.1 aHitt, Michael A.1 aCheng, Joseph L. C.,q(Joseph Lap-Chiu),d1952-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1571-5027/19zProduct website URL01322cam  22003492a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720018001880720015002060820014002212450080002352600055003153000011003703650097003813660075004784400047005535000016006005000052006165160013006685200130006815380020008116500022008316500035008537000023008888560061009119781849501583UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501583 :cą64.95  a1849501580 :cą64.95  a1058-7497  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFFD12bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a336.222210aAdvances in taxationh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Thomas M. Porcano.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a322 p.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in taxation  ;vv. 14,x1058-7497  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762308897, 2002.  aDocument  aDeals with various aspects of taxation, including tax policy and issues at the federal, state, local, or international level.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aTaxation.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aPorcano, Thomas M.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1058-7497/14zProduct website URL02511nam  22003372a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002042450146002192600055003653000011004203650097004313660075005284400090006035000016006935160013007095201264007225380020019866500030020066500036020367000020020727000020020928560061021129781849508186UK-WkNB20100217000000.0cu||||||||||||100210e201002uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849508186 :cą56.95  a1849508186 :cą56.95  a1479-067X  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJH2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch10aAstute competitionh[electronic resource] ;bThe economics of strategic diversity /cEdited by Peter Johnson; Series edited by Howard Thomas.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2010.  a242 p.  a02b56.95cGBPd00hS 48.47 17.5 56.95 8.48jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20100201cIP 20100210jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aTechnology, innovation, entrepreneurship & competitive strategy  ;vv. 11,x1479-067X  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aProposes a fourth field of economics in addition to macro, micro and industrial organisation economics (IO), namely what may be called the economics of diversity. This book states that businesses are as individual as people and that all have unique identities, what may be called genomes.bThis book is embedded in practical tools which proposes a fourth field of economics in addition to macro, micro and industrial organisation economics (IO); namely what may be called the economics of diversity. This book asserts that businesses are as individual as people. All have unique identities, what may be called genomes. As such economic diversity is the norm, rather than the economics of commodities. Contemporary economics deals very effectively with commodities in situations of perfect competition. It also makes some useful insights into imperfect competition and monopoly. The first half of the book expands the conceptual underpinnings of the economics of diversity (ecosystems, business models, advantage, rents and valuation of resources); the second half demonstrates how these methods can be practically applied through tools and techniques to deal with questions of business development, corporate strategy, mergers and acquisitions, and start-ups.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEntrepreneurship.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aJohnson, Peter.1 aThomas, Howard.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-067X/11zProduct website URL03089cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230400026001480720016001740720015001900820015002051000026002202450130002462500020003762600055003963000019004513650098004703660075005685000016006435000052006595050115007115160013008265201705008395380020025446500047025646500036026117000020026478560060026679781849501590UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501590 :cą71.95  a1849501599 :cą71.95  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJU2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a302.352221 aCooperrider, David L.10aConstructive discourse and human organization.nv. 1h[electronic resource] /cDavid L. Cooperrider; Edited by Michel Avital.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a376 p. :bill.  a02b71.95cGBPd00hS 61.23 17.5 71.95 10.72jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762308927, 2004.0 aIntroduction. Extension of Relatedness. Activation and Elevation of Inquiry. New Metaphors of Positive Change.  aDocument  aAppreciative Inquiry has touched and affected the life of thousands who apply its principles in a wide range of settings including industry, government, spiritual and not-for-profit organizations. This book presents Appreciative Inquiry as an approach to organizational inquiry and human development.bAppreciative Inquiry has touched and affected the life of thousands who apply its principles in a wide range of settings including industry, government, spiritual and not-for-profit organizations. "The Advances in Appreciative Inquiry" series advocates an organizational science that focuses on advancing a scholarship of positive human organizations, positive relationships and positive modalities of change, which promise to be of world benefit for individuals, organizations and communities. The book series is dedicated to building such a discipline through the advancement of Appreciative Inquiry as an approach to organizational inquiry and human development, and through the interdisciplinary articulation of non-deficit theories of positive change processes in human systems. Guided by the ethos of Appreciative Inquiry, the book series supports a relentless inquiry into the true, the good, the better and the possible. It is dedicated to advancing a 'scholarship of the positive' and 'positive scholarship'. The book series aims to facilitate an emergent dialog within the social sciences and to support innovative and challenging work.  Setting the state for the series, the first volume, "Constructive Discourse and Human Organization", revolves around three main themes: we live in worlds our questions create, appreciative discourse and narrative, and the design of inquiring systems.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aAvital, Michel.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1475-9152/1zProduct website URL05918cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820012002192450076002312600055003073000011003623650098003733660075004714400046005465000016005925000052006085051224006605160013018845203502018975380020053996500021054196500035054407000020054758560061054959781849501781UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501781 :cą71.95  a1849501785 :cą71.95  a0196-3821  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFF2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a33222210aResearch in financeh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Andrew H. Chen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a332 p.  a02b71.95cGBPd00hS 61.23 17.5 71.95 10.72jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in finance  ;vv. 19,x0196-3821  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762309658, 2002.0 aContents Ownership Structure, Agency Costs and Dividend Policy (M. Bajaj et al.). Managerial Entrenchment and the Effectiveness of Internal Governance Mechanisms (M.M. McNabb, J.D. Martin). An Empirical Analysis of the Association Between CEO Compensation and Firm Performance: A Relative Excess Value Ratio Approach J.Kang et al.). The Relationship Between Systematic Risk and Underpricing of the IPO mMrket M.A. Almisher et al.). Hidden Cost Reductions in Bank Mergers: Accounting for More Productive Banks (S.H. Kwan, J.A. Wilcox). The Likelihood and Extent of Banks' Involvement with Interest Rate Derivatives as End Users (J.W. Gunther, T.F. Siems). The Determinants of Derivative Use by U.S. and Foreign Banks (Y.-W. Shyu, A. Reichert). The Impact of Regulatory Changes on Banks' Risks and Returns in Taiwan H.-Y. Yin et al.). The Market Value and Dynamic Interest Rate Risk of Swaps (A.H. Chen, M.M. Chaudhury). The Analysis of Duration and Immunization Strategy Under the HJM Term Structure Framework (C-.C. Chang, J-.C. Ho). The Lead-lag Relation Between Spot and Option Markets and Implied Volatility in Option Prices (P.P. Boyle et al.). Syndication Among Venture Capitalists - When and With Whom (A. Bubna).  aDocument  aShows that ownership structure affects a firm's agency costs of cash flow, which, in turn, influences the market's reaction to changes in the firm's dividend policy. This title examined the relationship between managerial entrenchment and the effectiveness of internal governance mechanisms and the firm performances.bSince its first appearance in 1979, "Research in Finance" has been publishing papers that cover important and interesting issues in finance and economics. The topics found in the series span a wide range; previous volumes have included papers on corporate financial management policy, asset pricing and investment management, corporate control and governance, bank regulations and management, and the analysis of financial derivatives and their applications in risk management and in venture capital investment. These papers, among others, have made significant contributions to the literature. In this volume, Bajaj, Vijh and Westerfield present evidence showing that ownership structure affects a firm's agency costs of cash flow, which, in turn, influences the market's reaction to changes in the firm's dividend policy. McNabb and Martin examine the relationship between managerial entrenchment and the effectiveness of internal governance mechanisms and the firm performances. In their paper, Kang, Karim and Rutledge apply a relative excess value ratio approach to empirically examine the association between the CEO compensations and the firms' performances.  And Almisher, Buell and Kish, using accounting beta as a proxy for ex ante systematic risk of a firm, find a strong positive relationship between the firm's systematic risk and the subsequent degree of underpricing of its IPO. Also in this volume, Kwan and Wilcox show the disparity between accounting and actual cost reductions in bank mergers, and point out the importance of avoiding the accounting bias in reporting the cost reduction in bank mergers. Gunther and Siems empirically find that a desire to hedge balance sheet positions and having a strong capital position are the key motivations for banks' involvement in derivatives activities. Shyu and Reichert examine the key financial and regulatory factors that determine the derivatives activities of both U.S. and foreign banks. In their paper, Yin, Wu and Chen explore the joint effects of the changes in capital regulation and deposit insurance system on banks' returns and risks in Taiwan. Based upon the one-factor equilibrium term structure model of Cox-Ingersoll-Ross, Chen and Chaudhury examine the market values and dynamic interest rate risks of existing swap positions.  Chang and Ho derive formula of duration for different bonds under the Heath-Jarrow-Morton model of term structure and compare the relative performances of dynamic and static immunization strategies. In their paper, Boyle, Byoun and Park use intraday transactions data to show that the S&P 500 index option market leads the cash index, and that the lead-lag relation has resulted in a significant bias of the implied volatility that confirms their theoretical conjecture. Finally, Bubna uses a moral hazard model to address issues in the formation of syndicates in venture capital industry and to present some useful policy implications. May the contributions within this volume be of significant interest and usefulness to its readers. And may "Research in Finance" continue to publish papers of the highest caliber, to the benefit of academics and practitioners alike.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aFinance.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aChen, Andrew H.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0196-3821/19zProduct website URL05087cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720015002050820016002201000023002362450152002592600055004113000019004663650098004853660075005834400054006585000016007125000052007285051223007805160013020035202511020165380020045276500040045476500036045877000030046238560060046539781849501897UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501897 :cą74.95  a1849501890 :cą74.95  a1569-3767  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJMD2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.1552221 aPowers, Michael R.10aGlobal risk managementh[electronic resource] ;bFinancial, operational, and insurance strategies /cMichael R. Powers; Edited by Jongmoo Jay Choi.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a220 p. :bill.  a02b74.95cGBPd00hS 63.79 17.5 74.95 11.16jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aInternational finance review  ;vv. 3,x1569-3767  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762309825, 2002.0 aPart I: Concepts, Measurement, and Management of Risk. Global Risk Management: Concepts and Strategies (J.J. Choi, M.R. Powers*). Risk, Public Perception, and Education: Quantitative and Qualitative Risk (M. Shubik*). What's New in Value-at-Risk? a Selective Survey (N.D. Pearson*). "Leapfrogging" The Variance: The Financial Management of Extreme-Event Risk (M.R. Powers*).-- Part II: Market, Credit, and Financial Risk. Assessing Market and Credit Risk of Country Funds: A Value-at-Risk Analysis (M.G. Papaioannou*, E.K. Gatzonas). Frictions and Tax-Advantaged Hedge Fund Returns (D.M. Schizer*). Financial versus Operational Hedging (B. Chowdhry*).-- Part III: International Risk. A Simple Model of Foreign Exchange Exposure (G.M. Bodnar*, R.C. Marson*). The Impact of the Asian Financial Crisis on Multinationals (G. Allayannis*, J.P. Weston). Managing Political Risk in the Age of Terrorism (L.D. Howell*).-- Part IV: Insuring Risk. Security Measures and Determination of Capital Requirements (J.-P. Berliet*). Integrating Reinsurance Strategy with Asset Strategy to Achieve Capital Efficiencies (J. Lamm-Tennant*). The "Flight to Quality," Global Capacity, and U.S. Reinsurance Prices (M.A. Weiss*, J.-H. Chung).  aDocument  aA collection of articles presented at the conference that was held on April 20, 2001 at the Fox School under the auspices of the Institute of Global Management Studies (IGMS) and the Advanta Center for Financial Services Studies, as the Second Annual International Business Forum sponsored by the IGMS.bIn this age of international terrorism and international economic contagion, it is clear that 'globalization' in its broadest sense - i.e., the 'breaking down of barriers' - is often a double-edged sword. The world economy of the early twenty-first century offers substantial growth potential and strategic benefits for firms, but it also entails much risk, which must be measured and managed effectively. Consequently, business in today's world must constantly be alert to opportunities afforded by improving technology and financial market integration as they seek to develop successful risk management programs. Often viewed as a narrow field focusing on derivatives or insurance, risk management is in fact a much broader discipline, encompassing operational strategies as well as the financial and/or insurance decisions of the firm. This is particularly true for complex business enterprises operating in the international market.  In view of the importance of risk management in practice as well as in the academic literature, the Fox School of Business and Management at Temple University invited leading scholars of finance, risk management, and international business to examine the current status and future direction of global risk management as a discipline. The conference was held on April 20, 2001 at the Fox School under the auspices of the Institute of Global Management Studies (IGMS) and the Advanta Center for Financial Services Studies, as the Second Annual International Business Forum sponsored by the IGMS. The conference was designed to be international in perspective and comprehensive in coverage. It included discussions of concepts, measurement, and management of various types of risk. Each speaker was asked to make a presentation on one topic within the broad theme that not only would address the state-of-the-art but also would provide insights into specific emerging issues within the chosen topic. Much of this volume is a collection of articles presented at that conference.  It is hoped that this collection will provide a new research agenda for the risk management discipline, as well as a source of reference for scholars, practitioners, and graduate students.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aManagement decision making.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aChoi, Jongmoo Jay,d1945-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1569-3767/3zProduct website URL02247nam  22003372a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720015002032450106002182600055003243000011003793650097003903660075004874400062005625000016006245160013006405201096006535380020017496500023017696500022017927000019018147000014018338560062018479781849508599UK-WkNB20100217000000.0cu||||||||||||100210e201002uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849508599 :cą64.50  a1849508593 :cą64.50  a0573-8555  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKC2bicssc 7aECO2eflch10aEconomic modeling in the Nordic countriesh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Lars Bergman, O. Olsen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2010.  a314 p.  a02b64.50cGBPd00hS 54.89 17.5 64.50 9.61jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20100201cIP 20100210jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aContributions to economic analysis  ;vv. 210,x0573-8555  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aPresents a selection of macroeconomic models used, or intended for, economic forecasting or policy analysis in the four Nordic countries (Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden). This title also discusses various features and model applications and evaluates the models used by the Ministries of Finance.bA selection of macroeconomic models used, or intended for, economic forecasting or policy analysis in the four Nordic countries (Denmark, Finland, Norway and Sweden), is presented in this volume. New features and model applications are discussed and the models used by the Ministries of Finance are evaluated, with special attention to the role of relative prices and their treatment of the supply side. In addition there is a systematic comparison of results from model simulations on the main macroeconomic models in the four Nordic countries. The papers fall naturally into two sections. In Part One the focus is on the short-to-medium term models; in Part Two the focus switches to a presentation of three models that may all be classified as applied general equilibrium (AGE) models.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aBergman, Lars.1 aOlsen, O.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0573-8555/210zProduct website URL03468cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820016002192450097002352600055003323000011003873650097003983660075004954400067005705000016006375000052006535051007007055160013017125201223017255380020029486500024029686500035029927000019030278560060030469781849502313UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502313 :cą64.95  a1849502315 :cą64.95  a1475-1488  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFC2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a657.01922210aAdvances in accounting behavioral researchh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Vicky Arnold.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a220 p.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in accounting behavioral research ;vv. 6,x1475-1488  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310470, 2003.0 aAccounting Behavioral Research: A structural equation model of auditors' professional commitment - the influence of firm size and political ideology, J.T. Sweeney et al.-- An analysis of group influences on going concern auditor judgments, S.S. Ahlawat, T.J. Fogarty-- Investigating error projection among state auditors - the impact of intentional and systematic misstatements, J.T. Reisch et al.-- How does negative source credibility affect commercial lenders' decisions?, P. Beaulieu, A.J. Rosman-- Earnings management and framing - the specific case of obsolete inventory, M.M. Murphy, J.P. Healy-- The effects of incentive structure and goal difficulty on time planning decisions within a balanced scorecard framework, B. Tuttle, M.J. Ullrich-- The effect of fairness in contracting on the creation of budgetary slack, T. Libby. Perspectives on Research Productivity: A Tobit analysis of accounting faculty publishing productivity in Australian and New Zealand universities, B.R. Wilkinson et al.  aDocument  aContains a collection of behavioral research papers that examine several issues. This book focuses on various aspects of auditors' decisions such as professional commitment in public accounting firms, mitigating bias via group decision making, and appropriately using sample information to estimate errors in governmental auditing.bThis volume contains an eclectic collection of behavioral research papers that examine several very important issues. Several of the papers focus on various aspects of auditors' decisions such as professional commitment in public accounting firms, mitigating bias via group decision making, and appropriately using sample information to estimate errors in governmental auditing. The decisions of other professionals that use accounting information such as commercial lenders and divisional managers are also examined. Two papers examine how accounting information impacts the behaviors of individuals within an organization under various incentive structures. Two other papers provide perspectives on overall research with one developing a classification scheme for new assurance services and the other examining factors that impact research productivity of accounting faculty members.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aAccounting.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aArnold, Vicky.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1475-1488/6zProduct website URL04056cam  22004332a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720018002040720016002220720015002380820014002531000033002672450145003002600055004453000019005003650098005193660075006174400062006925000016007545000052007705051246008225160013020685201259020815380020033406500052033606500052034126500027034646500023034917000023035147000025035378560060035629781849501682UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501682 :cą70.95  a1849501688 :cą70.95  a1534-0856  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aJMH2bicssc 7aKJMV22bicssc 7aJFS2bicssc 7aPSY2eflch04a302.42221 aMannix, Elizabeth A.,d1960-10aIdentity issues in groupsh[electronic resource] /cElizabeth A. Mannix, Margaret Ann Neale, Jeffrey T. Polzer; Edited by Jeffrey T. Polzer.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a316 p. :bill.  a02b70.95cGBPd00hS 60.38 17.5 70.95 10.57jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch on managing groups and teams ;vv. 5,x1534-0856  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762309511, 2003.0 aWhen differences do (and do not) make a difference - how individual identities influence reactions to diversity, S.E. Spataro-- splintered identity and organizational change - the predicament of boundary-spanning managers, B.M. Wiesenfeld, P.F. Hewlin-- subjective identities and identity communication processes in information technology teams, S.M.B. Thatcher, et al-- the benefits of verifying diverse identities for group performance, J.T. Polzer et al-- the social structure of diverse groups - integrating social categorizations and nerwork perspectives, P. Pradhan Shah, K.T. Dirks-- "What's the norm here?" social categorizations as a basis for group norm development, F.J. Flynn, J.A. Chatman-- disentangling collective identities, M.G. Pratt-- the dark side of identification - overcoming identification-induced performance impediments, A.A. Michel, K.E. Jehn-- the reappropriation of stigmatizing labels - implication for social identity, A.D. Galinsky, et al-- intergenerational identification and co-operation in organizations and society, K.A. Wade-Benzoni-- social identity and self-categorization theories' contribution to understanding identification, salience and diversity in teams and organizations, K.J. Reynolds, et al.  aDocument  aFocuses on the relationship between identity issues and individual and group functioning. This book is suitable for social scientists from various domains who are interested in how identity issues influence the performance of individuals, groups and organizations.bThis fifth volume of "Research on Managing Groups and Teams" focuses on the relationship between identity issues and individual and group functioning. Identity issues encompass a wide range of phenomena involving the individual identities people bring to the groups they join, individuals' level of identification with particular groups they join, and the collective identities of specific groups or organizations. The authors in this volume take full advantage of the broad scope of identity-related phenomena, pushing our thinking about the interplay between identity and groups in new and exciting directions. In doing so, they make inroads into seemingly intractable practical problems with groups by understanding how these difficulties are rooted in the identities people strive to create and maintain. This book should be of interest to social scientists from all domains who are interested in how identity issues influence the performance of individuals, groups and organizations.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aSocial, group or collective psychology.2bicssc 7aPersonnel & human resources management.2bicssc 7aSocial groups.2bicssc 7aPsychology.2eflch1 aPolzer, Jeffrey T.1 aNeale, Margaret Ann.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1534-0856/5zProduct website URL04526cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720015002050820016002201000025002362450113002612600055003743000011004293650097004403660075005374400060006125000016006725000052006885050766007405160013015065202446015195380020039656500043039856500036040287000028040648560060040929781849504348UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504348 :cą58.95  a1849504342 :cą58.95  a1479-361X  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJVB2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.1622221 aFinkelstein, Sydney.10aAdvances in mergers and acquisitionsh[electronic resource] /cSydney Finkelstein; Edited by Cary L. Cooper.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a148 p.  a02b58.95cGBPd00hS 50.17 17.5 58.95 8.78jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in mergers & acquisitions  ;vv. 5,x1479-361X  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313372, 2006.0 aIntroduction. (Cary L. Cooper-- Sydney Finkelstein). Relatedness and Acquirer Performance. (Lasse B. Lien-- Peter G. Klein). Risk Reduction through Acquisitions: The Roles of Firm-Specific Investments and Agency Hazards. (Heli Wang-- Jeffrey J. Reuer). Knowledge Preservation and Transfer During Post-Acquisition Integration. (Annette L. Ranft). Antecedents of Target Firm Members Trust in the Acquiring Firms Management: A Decision-Making Simulation. (Gunter K. Stahl-- Chei Hwee Chua-- Amy L. Pablo). Cultivating Positive Emotions in Mergers and Acquisitions. (Verena Kusstatscher). How to Avoid Ruining Your Company Through International Acquisitions? The Ahold Case. (Harry G Barkema). Interconnected Firms and the Value of Network Resources. (Dovev Lavie).  aDocument  aFeatures papers that collectively address acquisition strategy and acquisition integration, successful deals and unsuccessful ones, ownership structure and managerial structure, risk and return, knowledge preservation and knowledge transfer, building trust and cultivating emotions, and alliances and networks.bEach collection of articles that makes up a volume of "Advances in Mergers and Acquisitions" paints a picture of contemporary research on this topic. In this volume, we have seven contributions from scholars in North America, Europe, and Asia, and these papers collectively address acquisition strategy and acquisition integration, successful deals and unsuccessful ones, ownership structure and managerial structure, risk and return, knowledge preservation and knowledge transfer, building trust and cultivating emotions, and alliances and networks. This breadth of attention across the spectrum of research possibilities on mergers and acquisitions is remarkable in that it suggests both that this topic has morphed in recent years to encompass a broad array of issues that go far beyond what earlier generations of scholars concerned themselves with, and that there is still so much more to be learned about the processes and performance of mergers and acquisitions. One of the benefits of an edited volume of articles on a core topic is the opportunity it presents to bring together not only the diversity of topics described above, but a diversity of methods as well.  The insights that emerge from these multiple methods may well be more varied than might otherwise be the case, and offer an additional potential contribution. In bringing together a set of seven different papers by scholars from different disciplines, with different research agendas, and hailing from different countries yet all of whom are tackling the same general phenomenon, this volume offers something that cannot be easily replicated in other forums. The diversity of disciplines, perspectives, and countries is remarkable, but so are the diversity of topics, issues, methodologies, and research questions they bring to bear to shed light on the same fundamental, and critical, feature of organizational life mergers and acquisitions. The book provides a diverse explanation of topics and methods, contains seven different papers provided by scholars from around the world, and is an excellent resource for researchers, students and practitioners.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aTakeovers, mergers & buy-outs.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aCooper, Cary L.,d1940-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-361X/5zProduct website URL06112cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820015002191000019002342450102002532600055003553000019004103650098004293660075005274400057006025000016006595000052006755051310007275160013020375203532020505380020055826500028056026500022056307000025056528560061056779781849504454UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504454 :cą70.95  a1849504458 :cą70.95  a1049-2585  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCB2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a339.462221 aKalb, Guyonne.10aDynamics of inequality and povertyh[electronic resource] /cGuyonne Kalb; Edited by John Creedy.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a368 p. :bill.  a02b70.95cGBPd00hS 60.38 17.5 70.95 10.57jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch on economic inequality ;vv. 13,x1049-2585  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313501, 2006.0 aIntroduction-- Part I Inequality and Poverty over Extended Periods Vulnerable Households and Variable Incomes (Sanghamitra Bandyopadhyay and Frank Cowell). Who Are the Chronic Poor? An Econometric Analysis of Chronic Poverty in Germany (Martin Biewen). Simulating Cohort Earnings for Australia (Justin van de Ven). The Distributional Effects of Taxation in Australia and the United Kingdom Evidence from Microsimulations (Justin van de Ven). Wealth Inequality Lifetime and Cross-sectional Views (Simon Kelly).-- Part II Intergenerational Transfers of Poverty Do Poor Children Become Poor Adults? Lessons from a Cross Country Comparison of Generational Earnings Mobility (Miles Corak). Family Size and Child Achievement (Nathan D. Grawe). Parental Income and the Choice of Participation in University, Polytechnic or Employment at Age Eighteen: A Longitudinal Study (Sholeh A. Maani).-- Part III Inequality over Time Skills, Computerization and Income Inequality in the Postwar U.S. Economy (Edward N. Wolff). Bayesian Assessment of Lorenz and Stochastic Dominance in Income Distributions (Duangkamon Chotikapanich and William E. Griffiths).-- Part IV Measurement Issues Defining and Measuring Extreme Poverty (Paul Makdissi and Quentin Wodon Theil). Inequality Indices and Decomposition (Frank A. Cowell).  aDocument  aConsists of papers related to the theme of the dynamics of inequality and poverty. This book concerns with inequality and poverty over extended time periods. It deals with the concept of vulnerability in the context of income mobility of the poor.bThis volume consists of a number of papers related to the theme of the dynamics of inequality and poverty. These are subdivided into four separate parts. The five chapters in Part I of this volume are concerned with inequality and poverty over extended time periods. Bandyopadhyay and Cowell deal with the concept of vulnerability in the context of income mobility of the poor. Biewen studies the extent and the composition of chronic poverty in Germany, comparing the results with the United Kingdom and the United States. Van de Ven describes a dynamic microsimulation model of cohort labour earnings based on the Australian population aged between 20 and 55 years, and considers how the widening social gap between the Australia and the UK is reflected by their redistributive systems, through the use of static and dynamic microsimulation. Kelly analyses the lifetime distribution of net worth in Australia using a dynamic microsimulation model to project the cross-sectional and lifetime asset holdings of a five-year birth cohort over a period of 40 years. In Part II, the issue of intergenerational transfers of poverty is considered.  Corak compares generational earnings mobility and the reasons for the degree to which the long run labour market success of children is related to that of their parents across countries. He provides a framework for understanding the underlying causal process as well as the conception of equality of opportunity, as a guide for public policy. Grawe uses data from the British National Childhood Development Study to examine the quality-quantity trade-off in fertility in multiple measures of child achievement. Maani examines the link between parental income and other resources during adolescent years, and higher education choices of the offspring at age 18, using a recent longitudinal data set from New Zealand. Part III is concerned with inequality over time. First, Wolff examines US inequality since the late 1940s, investigating the role of computer investment, dispersion of schooling and unionisation rate in the rise in inequality between 1968 and 2000.  Second, Chotikapanich and Griffiths consider the question of testing for dominance in income distributions through the development of Bayesian methods of inference, which report on changes in income distributions in terms of the posterior probabilities. This allows an assessment of whether income distributions have changed over time. The final part of this volume is concerned with measurement issues. Makdissi and Wodon propose a measure of extreme poverty which is multidimensional in nature. It recognises the fact that there are interaction effects between different deprivations and that the length of time during which deprivations are felt may have a negative impact on household well-being. In the final contribution, Cowell examines Theil's approach to the measurement of inequality in the context of subsequent developments over recent decades. It focuses on the dynamics of inequality and poverty. It examines inequality and poverty over time, the intergenerational transfer of poverty, inequality over time, and measurement issues. The chapters discuss inequality and poverty in developed countries around the world, providing a mulitnational perspective.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aMacroeconomics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aCreedy, John,d1949-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1049-2585/13zProduct website URL03842cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720015002050720015002200820014002352450090002492600055003393000011003943650098004053660075005034400067005785000016006455000052006615050747007135160013014605201772014735380020032456500046032656500023033116500037033347000025033718560060033969781849501996UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501996 :cą67.95  a1849501998 :cą67.95  a1569-4933  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKNAC2bicssc 7aKC2bicssc 7aCOU2eflch04a338.122210aAdvances in agricultural economicsh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Kyle Kauffman.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a174 p.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in agricultural economic history  ;vv. 2,x1569-4933  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310012, 2003.0 aList of Contributors. Editorial Board. Editorial Policy and Manuscript form guidelines. Editor's Introduction. Great disappointments: The lessons from nineteenth century transitions from slavery to free labor (S.L. Engerman). Freehold tenure in late eighteenth century Denmark (I. Henriksen). The complexion gap: The economic consequences of color among free African Americans in the rural antebellum south (H. Bodenhorn). A capital intensive innovation in a capital-scarce world: Steam-threshing in nineteenth century Italy (G. Federico). Weather effects on European agriculture price inflation 1870-1913 (S. Solomou, W. Wu). Agricultural labor market integration in the antebellum northeast: Evidence from two New York farms (J. E. Murray).  aDocument  aIssues surrounding agriculture have always had pride of place among academic research in economic history. Agriculture was so vital to the workings of historical economies that a steady stream of scholarship are produced. This work highlights an important facet of doing historical research: learning from the past to understand the world today.bIssues surrounding agriculture have always had pride of place among academic research in economic history. Interest in agricultural issues does not seem to come into fashion, and then fade into the background only to return years later. Indeed, agriculture was so vital to the workings of historical economies that a steady stream of important scholarship continues to be produced. Beyond its importance of being a record of the past, it is clear that much of the research in this area has important policy implications for both developed and developing economies. This type of work highlights an important facet of doing such historical research: learning from the past so as to understand better the world today. Several articles contained in volume two of "Advances in Agricultural Economic History" either implicitly or explicitly have lessons or policy implications for today. Volume 2 of "Advances in Agricultural Economic History", like volume 1, contains important new work by both established and young academics. Additionally, this recent volume reflects, both geographically and methodologically, the broad scope of cutting edge work being done in this area.  It is this type of scholarship that we seek to publish in future issues. We invite scholars who work in all areas of agricultural economic history to submit their work for publication in future volumes of "Advances in Agricultural Economic History".  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aAgriculture & related industries.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aFarming and Country Life.2eflch1 aKauffman, Kyle Dean.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1569-4933/2zProduct website URL04198cam  22004092a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820015002351000019002502450136002692500020004052600055004253000019004803650097004993660075005964400062006715000016007335000052007495051180008015160013019815201589019945380020035836500031036036500036036346500036036707000021037068560061037279781849503310UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503310 :cą64.95  a1849503311 :cą64.95  a1474-7979  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJS2bicssc 7aKJK2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.842221 aRuyter, Ko de.10aResearch on international service marketingh[electronic resource] ;bA state of the art /cKo de Ruyter; Edited by Pieter Pauwels.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a208 p. :bill.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in international marketing  ;vv. 15,x1474-7979  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762311859, 2005.0 aPreface. (S. Tamer Cavusgil). Research on International Service Marketing: Enrichment and Challenges. (P. Pauwels, Ko De Ruyter).-- Part I: Marketing Services Across Borders. Managing Service Relationships in a Global Economy: Exploring The Impact of National Culture on the Relevance of Customer Relational Benefits for Gaining Loyal Customers. (T. Hennig-Thurau et al.). A Cross-Cultural Investigation of Relationship Marketing Effectiveness in Retail Services: A Contingency Approach. (G. Odekerken-Schroder, K. De Wulf, K.E. Reynolds). The Role of Socially Desirable Responding in International Services Research. (M. Van Birgelen, Ko De Ruyter, M. Wetzels).-- Part II: Getting Services Across Borders. The Internationalization Process of Service Providers: A Literature Review. (T. Lommelen, P. Matthyssens). Entry Mode Choice in Service Firms: A Review Of Contemporary Research. (A. Kennedy).-- Part III: New Services Across Borders. Marketing Industrial Project-Related Services Internationally: A Multi-Lingual Literature Review. (M.A. Skaates, B. Cova). International Consulting Providers and Multilateral Institutions: Networks and Internationalization. (C. Welch).  aDocument  aExplores the research in international service marketing through the eyes of scholars from 8 different countries on three continents. This title places emphasis on: service relationships across borders; methodological issues of international service marketing research; service internationalization and modes of entry; and, international services.bVolume 15 of "Advances in International Marketing" explores the current research in international service marketing through the eyes of scholars from eight different countries on three continents. A truly international perspective emerges on the nature of service marketing across borders, as well as the internationalization strategies of service providers. Specifically, emphasis is placed on: service relationships across borders; methodological issues of international service marketing research; service internationalization and modes of entry; and, new international services. Each chapter expands the conceptual context and consequences of internationalization. This collection of articles also serves as a point of departure for future research on international service marketing and the internationalization of services. In the tradition of the "Advances in International Marketing" series, each contribution offers extended conceptual development and a detailed discussion beyond what is typically offered in research papers.  At the same time, practitioners should find critically relevant inspiration and ideas on how to define, implement, and evaluate their strategy and operations when delivering services across borders.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aSales & marketing.2bicssc 7aInternational business.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aPauwels, Pieter.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1474-7979/15zProduct website URL03712cam  22004212a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720017002040720015002210820015002361000024002512450135002752500020004102600055004303000019004853650098005043660075006024400054006775000016007315000052007475051347007995160013021465200907021595380020030666500030030866500049031166500022031657000022031877000020032098560061032299781849503907UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849503907 :cą77.95  a1849503907 :cą77.95  a0147-9121  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCF2bicssc 7aJFFN2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a331.622221 aChiswick, Carmel U.10aEconomics of immigration and social diversityh[electronic resource] /cCarmel Chiswick, Hillel Rapoport; Edited by S.W. Polachek.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a488 p. :bill.  a02b77.95cGBPd00hS 66.34 17.5 77.95 11.61jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in labor economics  ;vv. 24,x0147-9121  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762312757, 2006.0 aPart I: Immigration and the Economy-- 1. Is immigration good or bad for the economy? Analysis of attitudinal responses.-- 2. The Effects of incomplete employee wage information: A cross-country analysis.-- 3. The impact of immigrant dynasties on wage inequality.-- 4. Does immigration affect labor demand? Model and test.-- 5. Lenient Policy proposal for the struggle against illegal immigration.-- Part II: Group difference and economic achievement-- 6. The linguistic and economic adjustment of Soviet Jewish immigrants in the United States, 1980-2000.-- 7. Multi-generation model of immigrant earnings-- Theory and application.-- 8. Ethnic origin and multidimensional relative poverty in Israel: A study based on the 1995 Israeli Census.-- 9. Immigrants in the Israeli Hi-tech industry-- Comparison to natives and the effect of training.-- 10. What do wage differentials tell us about labor market discrimination?-- Part III: Social diversity and institutions.-- 11. Cultural diversity, status concerns and the organization of work.-- 12. Ethnic diversity, market structure and risk sharing in developing countries.-- 13. On the law of return in rural-urban interactions: An economic approach to solidarity with return migrants.-- 14. An economic perspective on religious education: Complements and sustitutes in human capital portfolio.'.  aDocument  aA collection of papers dedicated to the memory of the late Tikva Lecker. It presents research on a topic in which she was especially interested.bThis volume is a collection of papers dedicated to the memory of the late Tikva Lecker. Professor Lecker's many interests included topics in labor economics, women and the economy, the economics of Judaism, the economics of migration and every aspect of the economic experience of immigrants and their descendants. Each chapter in this volume honors the memory of Professor Lecker by presenting research on a topic in which she was especially interested. "The Research in Labor Economics" series was started in 1977. Each volume consists of a collection of refereed research papers written by top economists. Recent volumes have hosted papers from D. Acemoglu, J.D. Angrist, D. Card, H. Farber, A. Kreuger, E. Lazear, G. Field, and J. Mincer, among others.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aLabour economics.2bicssc 7aMigration, immigration & emigration.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aRapoport, Hillel.1 aPolachek, S. W.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0147-9121/24zProduct website URL04258cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720022001880720015002100820015002252450106002402600055003463000013004013650098004143660075005124400085005875000016006725000052006885051885007405160013026255201044026385380020036826500073037026500022037757000031037978560068038289781849501088UK-WkNB20100216000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501088 :cą78.95  a1849501084 :cą78.95  a0743-4154  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCAx1DBK2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.0922210aHenry George's writing's on the United Kingdomh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Kenneth C. Wenzer.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a326 p. :  a02b78.95cGBPd00hS 67.19 17.5 78.95 11.76jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the history of economic thought & methodology  ;vv. 20B,x0743-4154  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762307937, 2002.0 aPreface (K.C. Wenzer). From the visionary Utopia of Thomas More to the cooperative commonwealth of Henry George (K.C. Wenzer).-- Part 1. Ireland Two articles from the Irish Times: 1881. Travels in the West of Ireland: 1882. England and Ireland: An American View: 1882. Lecture by Henry George. The Irish land question: 1882. George and the Irish Times: 1882. Interview on Irish nationalist politics: 1882. The great question: 1883. An article from the Irish Times: 1884. The Irish question from an American standpoint: 1886. From the Irish Times: 1889. In Belfast: Henry George's meeting in Ulster hall: 1889. Notes.-- Part 2. Scotland. Land and People: 1881. Scotland and Scotsmen: 1884. Mr. Chamberlain translated into plain English: 1885. Henry George of Scotland: 1889. Address of welcome to Mr. Henry George from the Dundee and district united trades' council (the standard): 1889. Henry George preaches in Dundee: 1889 Address by Henry George in the city hall, Glasgow on August 20, 1890. Notes.-- Part 3. England. Progress and poverty: An editorial: 1882 (London Times). Mr. Henry George on the progress of his principles: (Pall Mall Gazette): 1884. The morning papers: Epitome of opinion-- George the Fifth's utopia (pall Mall Gazette): 1884. Mr. Henry George at Oxford: Disorderly meeting: 1884. Mr. George at Oxford: (Pall Mall Gazette): 1884. A snippet from the Pall Mall Gazette: 1885. Henry George in England: A plan of his single tax campaign to help the Irish: 1889. Henry George in England: The English campaign (The Standard): 1889. Henry George in England: The single tax campaign. There attracting great attention (The Standard): 1889. What the newspapers say. Interview with Henry George: 1889. What the papers in Great Britain say (The Standard): 1889. Henry George in Manchester: 1889. George in England: 1889. A wonderful impression on the Britishers: 1889.  aDocument  aHenry George's political economy has been hailed as one of the great contributions of American social criticism. His writings have, however, invited interpretation in contradictory fashion. Commentaries have used him to uphold laissez-faire social Darwinism allowing for the aggrandizement of money.bHenry George's political economy has been hailed as one of the great contributions of American social criticism. His writings have, however, invited interpretation in contradictory fashion. Commentaries have used him to uphold laissez-faire social Darwinism allowing for the aggrandizement of money. Some on the left have regarded his ideology as calling for a cooperative commonwealth well beyond the intentions of the single-tax mechanism. And there are those who see him as having, in effect, written a new Declaration of Independence as powerful as that of 1776. Bringing to light his previously unavailable British writings would clear up some misunderstandings and also present the man and his ideas in a fresher historical context.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomic theory & philosophyzUnited Kingdom, Great Britain.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aWenzer, Kenneth C.,d1950-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0743-4154/20 Part 2zProduct website URL02733cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720016002050720015002210820015002361000018002512450113002692600055003823000019004373650098004563660075005544400069006295000016006985000052007145050097007665160013008635201251008765380020021276500042021476500047021896500020022367000018022568560061022749781849501491UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501491 :cą70.95  a1849501491 :cą70.95  a0733-558X  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aJHBC2bicssc 7aKJU2bicssc 7aSOC2eflch04a302.352221 aVentresca, M.10aSocial structure and organizations revisitedh[electronic resource] /cM. Ventresca; Edited by M. Lounsbury.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a444 p. :bill.  a02b70.95cGBPd00hS 60.38 17.5 70.95 10.57jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the sociology of organizations  ;vv. 19,x0733-558X  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762308729, 2002.0 aPolitics and Organizations. The Embeddedness of Entrepreneurship. Culture and Organizations.  aDocument  aIncludes chapters that offer practical voice to the theoretical questions and research designs of an agenda for organization theory that engages questions about broader social structure and organizations with theory in cultural analysis, stratification, and entrepreneurship.bThis work brings together empirical research and thematic commentaries which chart out research directions for politically-inflected studies of organizational and institutional change. The chapters give practical voice to the theoretical questions and research designs of an emerging agenda for organization theory that engages questions about broader social structure and organizations with theory in cultural analysis, stratification, and entrepreneurship. Cases include historical studies of the evolution of the fire insurance industry in the 19th century, studies of the organizational vitality of contemporary evangelical Protestantism, the emergence of gay and lesbian identity organizations, challenges in the institutional structuring of the mutual fund industry the post-Soviet Russia, stratification and status organizing processes in entrepreneurial organizations, studies of social movements and organizations, both external to and inside of organizations.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aSocial research & statistics.2bicssc 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aSociety.2eflch1 aLounsbury, M.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0733-558X/19zProduct website URL03917nam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720016002050720015002212450102002362600055003383000011003933650098004043660075005024400062005775000016006395160013006555202694006685380020033626500032033826500021034146500022034357000018034577000017034758560063034929781849508490UK-WkNB20100217000000.0cu||||||||||||100210e201002uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849508490 :cą94.95  a1849508496 :cą94.95  a0573-8555  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCBM2bicssc 7aKFF2bicssc 7aECO2eflch14aThe theory of monetary aggregationh[electronic resource] /cEdited by W.A. Barnett, A. Serletis.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2010.  a712 p.  a02b94.95cGBPd00hS 80.81 17.5 94.95 14.14jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20100201cIP 20100210jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aContributions to economic analysis  ;vv. 245,x0573-8555  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aDeals with monetary and financial aggregation theory. This title covers the origin of the user cost price of monetary services. It is suitable for those associated with economics departments within universities, business schools, central banks and federal governments, financial institutions including underwriters, bankers and stockbrokers.bIn recent years, there has been renewed interest in index number and aggregation theory, since the two previously divergent fields have been successfully unified. The underlying aggregator functions which are weakly separable subfunctions of utility and production functions, are the building blocks of economic theory, and the derivation of index numbers based upon their ability to track those building blocks is now called the 'economic theory of index numbers'. William Barnett, the coeditor of this volume, introduced modern economic index number theory into monetary economics. His merger of economic index number theory, with monetary theory was based upon the use of Diewert's approach to producing 'superlative' nonparametric approximations to the theoretically exact aggregator functions. This book comprises a focused and unified collection of Barnett's most important publications in this area. The papers in the book have been organized into logical sections, with unifying introductions and overviews. The result is a systematic development of the state-of-the-art in monetary and financial aggregation theory. The sections cover the origin of the user cost price of monetary services.  Exact aggregation of monetary assets on the demand side for consumers and firms, and on the supply side for financial intermediaries, general equilibrium of all economic agents' demands and supplies, dynamic solution of the exact system, and extension to monetary aggregation under risk. The extension of index number theory to the case of risk is completely general, and can be applied to tracking any exact economic aggregator under risk. In all cases, the criterion used for evaluation is the tracking ability of the approximation to the exact aggregator function of economic theory. Many of the empirical and policy puzzles in monetary economics disappear when simple sum monetary aggregates are replaced by index numbers that are coherent with theory. Simple sum monetary aggregates became incoherent with theory, when monetary assets began paying interest and therefore could no longer be viewed as perfect substitutes. This is a useful tool to those associated with economics departments within universities, business schools, central banks and federal governments, financial institutions including underwriters, bankers and stockbrokers.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aMonetary economics.2bicssc 7aFinance.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aBarnett, W.A.1 aSerletis, A.4 uwww.ewmeraldinsight.com/0573-8555/245zProduct website URL02856cam  22003733a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200029000950200026001240220014001500400026001640720016001900720016002060720015002222450163002372600055004003000011004553650099004663660078005654400096006435000016007395160013007555201410007685380020021786500037021986500049022356500050022846500036023347000023023707000029023938560060024229781848558953UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090717e200912uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848558953 :cą139.95  a1848558953 :cą139.95  a1572-8323  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aGTJ2bicssc 7aJWA2bicssc 7aPOL2eflch10aAdvances in military sociologyh[electronic resource] ;bEssays in honor of Charles C. Moskos /cEdited by Giuseppe Caforio; Series edited by Manas Chatterji.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a900 p.  a02b139.95cGBPd00hZ 139.95 0.0 139.95 0.00jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20091204cIP 20091208jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2UK-WkNB 0aContributions to conflict management, peace economics and development  ;vv. 12,x1572-8323  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aRC01's international conference in Seoul (July 2008) offers a view of the panorama of social studies on armed forces and conflict resolution in a context of fast-moving change that renders many preceding theoretical previsions obsolete. This title includes a selection of the papers presented at the conference.bThere could be no better homage to recently deceased sociologist Charles C. Moskos than dedicating to him this selection of the papers presented at RC01's international conference in Seoul (July 2008). It offers an up-to-date view of the panorama of social studies on armed forces and conflict resolution in a context of fast-moving change that renders many preceding theoretical previsions obsolete. Just to cite two aspects of this change, one can point first of all to how the presented studies move beyond the very concept of globalization, after which the conference had been named. It in fact emerged with clarity that the new dimensions of the context in which militaries and military policy must move are those of a constant, diffuse interaction of the 'local' and the 'global', so-called globalization. A second aspect, in the international area, is the shift towards a multipolar global order with the United States, the European Union, China, Russia, Latin America, Japan and India all manoeuvring for position, a shift that has significant consequences on military action as well.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 0aSociology, MilitaryvCongresses. 7aPeace studies & conflict resolution.2bicssc 7aTheory of warfare & military science.2bicssc 7aPolitics and Government.2eflch1 aCaforio, Giuseppe.1 aChatterji, Manas,d1937-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/157-8323/12zProduct website URL03887cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720015002030820012002182450095002302600055003253000019003803650098003993660075004974400061005725000016006335000052006495050940007015160013016415201697016545380020033516500043033716500021034147000029034358560061034649781849502542UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502542 :cą67.95  a1849502544 :cą67.95  a0278-0984  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKN2bicssc 7aIND2eflch04a33822210aOrganizing the new industrial economyh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Michael R. Baye.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a310 p. :bill.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in applied micro-economics ;vv. 12,x0278-0984  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310814, 2003.0 aList of contributors. Editor's introduction. Evolution of the market for air-travel information (M. Doane, K. Hendricks, R.P. McAfee). Which industries use the internet? (C. Forman, A. Goldfarb, S. Greenstein). Valuing internet retailers: Amazon, Barnes and Noble (J.A. Chevalier, A. Goolsbee). The evolution of price dispersion in internet retail markets (X. Pan, B.T. Ratchford, V. Shankar). Online price dispersion within and between seven European countries (J. Rupert, J. Gatti, P. Kattuman). Price dispersion, product characteristics and firm's behaviors: Stylized facts from shopper.com (J. Chen, P. Scholten). What attracts a bidder to a particular internet auction (J. Livingston). An experimental market with network effects and one sponsored seller (S. Chakravarty). Intergenerational product compatibility and price competition (D. Chen). Dynamic pricing via fees in duopoly with varying usage levels (K. Griva, N. Vettas).  aDocument  aThe growing use of the internet by businesses and consumers is changing the structure, conduct, and performance of different sectors of the global economy. This book on organizing the 'new economy' documents some of these changes, and examines the ramifications for business strategy and public policy.bThe growing use of the internet by businesses and consumers is rapidly changing the structure, conduct, and performance of different sectors of the global economy. This ten chapter volume on organizing the 'new economy' documents some of these changes, and examines the ramifications for business strategy and public policy. Chapters in this volume explain how the Internet has altered the conduct of firms competing in 'new economy' markets (such as the online market for air travel information), changed the competitive and technological structure of a host of industries, and has impacted the valuation and performance of businesses (including online-retailers). In addition, contributors to this volume document that online price dispersion is ubiquitous worldwide, quantify the value of reputation in online auction markets, and explain optimal business behavior in 'new economy' settings where network effects, product compatibility, and market dynamics are important. The breadth of topics in this volume, coupled with the expertise and diverse backgrounds of its contributors, make "Organizing the New Industrial Economy" a unique and valuable addition to the growing literature in the area.  This volume is part of Emerald's "Advances in Applied Microeconomics" series - an annual research volume that disseminates frontier research well in advance of journals and other outlets.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aIndustry & industrial studies.2bicssc 7aIndustry.2eflch1 aBaye, Michael R.,d1958-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0278-0984/12zProduct website URL04066cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820014002191000024002332450130002572600055003873000013004423650097004553660075005524400076006275000016007035000052007195051019007715160013017905201697018035380020035006500055035206500034035757000022036098560061036319781849501477UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||1|0 eng|d  a9781849501477 :cą64.95  a1849501475 :cą64.95  a0732-0671  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aGLC2bicssc 7aLIB2eflch04a025.12221 aWilliams, Delmus E.10aAdvances in library administration and organizationh[electronic resource] /cDelmus E. Williams; Edited by Edward D. Garten.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a260 p. :  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in library administration & organization  ;vv. 19,x0732-0671  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762308682, 2002.0 aA rich storehouse for the relief of man's estate? Education for knowledge management, (M. Brogan et al)-- Assessing a change effort in a division of a university library, (W.J. Dworaczyk)-- Ebook collection development and management - the quandary of establishing policies and guidelines for academic library collections, (R. Durbin et al)-- Internet research ethics and institutional review board policy - new challenges, new opportunities, (E.A. Buchanan)-- Academic library managers at work - relationships, contacts and foci of attention, (D. Kingston)-- Current issues in higher education quality assurance - an introduction for academic library administrators, (J. Mulhern)-- A model to increase the effectiveness of undergraduate internet use - the Hampton University experience, (A. Pierce)-- Undergraduates, institution type, and library use - impact and insight from the Ohiolink experience, (K. Schulz)-- Interlibrary co-operation in the era of electronic library - the Taiwan experience, (Hao-Ren Ke).  aDocument  aAddresses a mix of topics that adapt theoretical concepts relating to the management of libraries to stretch the boundary of practice. This book includes a definition of knowledge management, an outline of a curriculum designed to train knowledge managers developed in Australia, and a case study of the application of change management at SMU.bThis volume addresses an eclectic mix of topics that adapt theoretical concepts relating to the management of libraries to stretch the boundary of practice. The nine contributions include a definition of knowledge management and an outline of a curriculum designed to train knowledge managers developed in Australia, a case study of the application of change management at SMU, and a discussion of how ebooks fit into collection management policies. It also includes two pieces on research on the Internet, one that focuses on student use of this tool and the other on the ethical implications of Internet research. Other contributions include a study of how effective managers work and a discussion of quality assessment in libraries and in American higher education. The volume concludes with discussions of consortia that are developing in Ohio and in Taiwan. While each of these articles are quite different in focus, each deals with an issue that we who are charged with leading libraries must address, and each contributes to the discussions that are likely to clarify our visions of where libraries are going and how we might adapt them to meet the future needs of our clientele.  As a result, this volume should take its place beside others in the series as a significant contribution to the literature of management within librarianship.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aLibrary, archive & information management.2bicssc 7aLibraries and Museums.2eflch1 aGarten, Edward D.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0732-0671/19zProduct website URL03568cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820020002191000021002392450123002602600055003833000011004383650098004493660075005474400072006225000016006945000052007105050964007625160013017265201279017395380020030186500031030386500036030697000029031058560060031349781849502351UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502351 :cą67.95  a1849502358 :cą67.95  a1479-8387  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJC2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.40120722221 aBergh, Donald D.10aResearch methodology in strategy and managementh[electronic resource] /cDonald D. Bergh; Edited by David J. Ketchen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a376 p.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch methodology in strategy and management ;vv. 1,x1479-8387  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310517, 2004.0 aThe State of Strategic Management Research and a Vision of the Future. Reflecting Knowledge in Strategy Research: Conceptual Issues and Methodological Challenges. The Social Network Approach in Strategy Research: Theoretical Challenges and Methodological Issues. Modeling Limited Dependent Variables: Methods and Guidelines for Researchers in Strategic Management. Longitudinal Analysis in Strategic Management. Current and Potential Importance of Qualitative Methods in Strategy Research. Mapping Strategic Thinking with Metric Conjoint Analysis. Conducting Survey Research in Strategic Management. When Does the Age of Data Matter?: Notes on the Selection of Data for Strategy Research. Strategic Management Research and the Cumulative Knowledge Perspective. Structural Equation Modeling Methods in Strategy research: Applications and Issues. An Assessment of Research Designs in Strategic Management Research: The Frequency of Threats to Internal Validity.  aDocument  aAddresses broad issues of science, including the state of strategy research, issues surrounding the age of data, and how to build cumulative knowledge within the strategic management field. This book describes how strategy researchers can better use particular methods.bResearch methods present the strategic management field with great opportunities and challenges. This first volume includes three types of chapters aimed at exploiting the opportunities and meeting the challenges. One group of chapters addresses broad issues of science, including the state of strategy research, issues surrounding the age of data, and how to build cumulative knowledge within the strategic management field. A second group of chapters highlight ways to improve specific practices, including the measurement of knowledge, the assessment of limited dependent variables, and designing studies. A final group of chapters describe how strategy researchers can better use particular methods. These methods include social network analysis, longitudinal analysis, qualitative methods, survey research, and structural equation modeling. Collectively, the chapters offer state of the art thinking about research methodology provided by intellectual leaders within the strategic management field.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aBusiness strategy.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aKetchen, David J.,cJnr.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-8387/1zProduct website URL02982cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820020002191000021002392450123002602600055003833000019004383650098004573660075005554400072006305000016007025000052007185051044007705160013018145200605018275380020024326500031024526500036024837000029025198560060025489781849504362UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504362 :cą84.95  a1849504369 :cą84.95  a1479-8387  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJC2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.40120722221 aBergh, Donald D.10aResearch methodology in strategy and managementh[electronic resource] /cDonald D. Bergh; Edited by David J. Ketchen.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a436 p. :bill.  a02b84.95cGBPd00hS 72.30 17.5 84.95 12.65jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch methodology in strategy and management ;vv. 3,x1479-8387  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313396, 2006.0 aIntroduction Scholarship That Endures Theory, Practice, and Scholarship Constructs and Construct Measurement in Upper Echelons Research Surveying the Corporate Elite: Theoretical and Practical Guidance on Improving Response Rates and Response Quality in Top Management Survey Questionnaires Managerial Constraint: The Intersection Between Organizational Task Environment and Discretion Assessing the External Environment: An Enrichment of the Archival Tradition Analysis of Extremes in Management Studies The Role of Formative Measurement Models in Strategic Management Research: Review, Critique, and Implications for Future Research Individuals and Organizations: Thoughts on a Micro-Foundations Project for Strategic Management and Organizational Analysis Rigor and Relevance Using Repertory Grid Technique in Strategy Research Studying the Dynamics of Reputation: A Framework for Research on the Reputational Consequences of Corporate Actions An Assessment of the Use of Structural Equation Modeling in International Business Research.  aDocument  aOffers twelve chapters of discussion surrounding various tools and methods utilized by scholars and academics. This work is suitable for strategists, managers and researchers.bThis volume 3 of the "Research Methodology in Strategy and Management" title offers twelve chapters of discussion surrounding various tools and methods utilized by scholars and academics. A wide range of approaches are covered that will prove to be an important reference and inspiration for strategists, managers, and researchers. It is a resource containing recent research by some of the field's most respected scholars.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aBusiness strategy.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aKetchen, David J.,cJnr.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-8387/3zProduct website URL03101cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720015002030820012002182450102002302600055003323000011003873650098003983660075004964400085005715000016006565000052006725050945007245160013016695200893016825380020025756500023025956500022026187000031026408560068026719781849504492UK-WkNB20100216000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504492 :cą72.95  a1849504490 :cą72.95  a0743-4154  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKC2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a33022210aFurther documents from F. Taylor Ostranderh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Warren J. Samuels.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a352 p.  a02b72.95cGBPd00hS 62.09 17.5 72.95 10.86jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the history of economic thought & methodology  ;vv. 24B,x0743-4154  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313549, 2006.0 aFURTHER DOCUMENTS FROM F. TAYLOR OSTRANDER Edited by Warren J. Samuels UNDERGRADUATE COURSES AT WILLIAMS COLLEGE MATERIALS FROM ECONOMICS 1 AND 2, TAUGHT BY WALTER B. SMITH, WILLIAMS COLLEGE, FALL 1929 AND SPRING 1930 Edited by Kirk D. Johnson and Warren J. Samuels MATERIALS FROM ECONOMICS 5 AND 6, MONEY AND BANKING, AND PUBLIC FINANCE, TAUGHT BY WALTER B. SMITH AND WILLIAM H. WYNNE, WILLIAMS COLLEGE, 1930-31 MATERIALS FROM SENIOR SEMINAR IN THE MAJOR, ECONOMICS 7, TAUGHT BY WILLIAM JEROME BALLINGER, FALL 1931, AND ECONOMICS 8, TAUGHT BY W. EDWARDS BEACH, SPRING 1932 MATERIALS FROM POLITICAL SCIENCE 4, REVIEW OF POLITICAL THEORY, TAUGHT BY GEORGE YOUNG, WILLIAMS COLLEGE, FALL 1930 OTHER MATERIALS TWO PERSONAL WRITINGS ON FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, 1933, 1945 PRESIDENT ROOSEVELTS SOCIALIST LEGISLATION, OXFORD, JUNE 24, 1933 LETTER ON ROOSEVELT AFTER HIS DEATH, May 3, 1945 MEMOIR ON THE FOUNDING OF THE WILLIAMS COLLEGE LIBERAL CLUB.  aDocument  aContains the class notes of F Taylor Ostrander at Williams College, 1929-32. This work also includes two memoranda on Franklin D Roosevelt, from 1933 and 1945, and a memoir on the founding of the Williams College Liberal Club. It provides a look into the thinking of leading economists in the 20th century.bThis volume continues publication of the class notes of F. Taylor Ostrander at Williams College, 1929-32. The courses are Principles of Economics, Money and Banking, Public Finance, the Senior Seminar and Review of Political Theory. Also included are two memoranda on Franklin D. Roosevelt, from 1933 and 1945, and a memoir on the founding of the Williams College Liberal Club. This book provides a look into the thinking of leading economists in the 20th century. F. Taylor Ostrander is a very influential economist and the insight gained by his classnotes is extremely valuable.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSamuels, Warren J.,d1933-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0743-4154/24 Part 2zProduct website URL04291cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720017002040720015002210820014002361000019002502450127002692600055003963000011004513650098004623660075005604400069006355000016007045000052007205051264007725160013020365201624020495380020036736500032036936500049037256500036037747000023038108560060038339781849502450UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502450 :cą67.95  a1849502455 :cą67.95  a1529-2096  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJW2bicssc 7aHRLK2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a174.42221 aPava, Moses L.10aSpiritual intelligence at workh[electronic resource] ;bMeaning, metaphor, and morals /cMoses L. Pava, Patrick Primeaux.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a278 p.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in ethical issues in organizations  ;vv. 5,x1529-2096  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310678, 2003.0 aIntroduction. The soul's hunger: spirituality in corporations and in the teaching of business ethics (D. Koehn). Peter Drucker and Martin Buber: the germanic search for community and the meaning of the modern American corporation (M. Schwartz). Christian business ethics on the employment relation: mapping the terrain (S. Herman). The spiritual corporation: a pragmatic perspective (S. Rosenthal, R. Buchholz). Intelligent spirituality in business: a Deweyan conception (M.L. Pava). The spirituality of Harry Potter (P. Primeaux). Toward a spirituality for the contemporary organization: implications for work, family and society (G. Cavanagh et al.). Discernment and strategic decision making: reflections for a spirituality of organizational leadership (A.L. Delbecq et al.). Calling: new careers and spirituality. A reflective perspective for organizational leaders and professionals (J.W. Weisset al.). A Hindu perspective on spirituality and management (A. Sharma). A comparative study of ethical decision-making amongst managers in large private-sector UK companies (D. Bartlett). Analogical reasoning and the "public philosophy of business" (J. Roper). The risks of temptation: a book review of Peter Drucker's The Temptation to do Good (M. Schwartz).  aDocument  aContains articles and essays about the relationship among business, business ethics, religion, and spirituality. This book is of interest to both academics and business practitioners who promote a contemporary re-integration of business and religious values and for those concerned about the dangers inherent in this project.bThis volume contains articles and essays from internationally renowned authors and thinkers about the relationship among business, business ethics, religion, and spirituality. The authors included in this book represent multiple perspectives including Christian, Jewish, Hindu, philosophical, and others. This volume will be of interest to both academics and business practitioners who promote a contemporary re-integration of business and religious values and for those concerned about the dangers inherent in this project. In the end, this volume suggests that in a pluralistic and democratic society the only justification for going back home again to traditional religious texts is to help us all move forward together. If the real reason we're invoking religion in the public sphere is to strengthen our own religious communities and our own identities as members of particular religious communities, we are making a fundamental error in judgement. The goal of a legitimate religiously grounded business ethics can and must be the desire to critique, enhance, and strengthen the democratic values and institutions of society including business.  These values include noncoercion, transparency, equal rights, pluralism, compromise, individual and communal responsibility, and many others.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aOffice & workplace.2bicssc 7aSpirituality & religious experience.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aPrimeaux, Patrick.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1529-2096/5zProduct website URL02752cam  22003492a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720015001880720015002030820015002182450107002332600055003403000019003953650097004143660075005114400056005865000016006425000052006585160013007105201532007235380020022556500023022756500022022987000021023208560061023419781849505093UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849505093 :cą62.95  a1849505098 :cą62.95  a1529-2134  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKC2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a339.4722210aEvolution of consumptionh[electronic resource] ;bTheories and practices /cEdited by Marina Bianchi.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a280 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in Austrian economics ;vv. 10,x1529-2134  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762314522, 2007.  aDocument  aStarting with Menger, the Austrian economic tradition has always shifted the focus of attention from the problem of equilibrium to that of social order, to the evolution of norms, institutions and practices that favor social cooperation and coordination. This title contains a collection of high-level papers on the evolution of consumption.bThe theory of consumer choice fills the opening chapters of any micro-economic textbook. Yet, surprisingly, this position of privilege has not translated into a flourishing of economic research that is comparable to what has happened in other branches of economic reasoning. Starting with Menger, the Austrian economic tradition has always shifted the focus of attention from the problem of equilibrium to that of social order, to the evolution of norms, institutions and practices that favor social cooperation and coordination. Within this tradition competition and markets are not viewed as states, but as processes in which change and errors occur and efficiency is reached but also easily lost. The real economic problem becomes a problem of knowledge how it is discovered, how it is transmitted. Consumers interactions and choices and actual consumption practices play an important role in these evolving forms of sociality. And it is within this framework, that allows for experimentation and learning, that they should be studied. This title is part of the "Advances in Austrian Economics" series. It contains a collection of high-level papers on the evolution of consumption.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aBianchi, Marina.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1529-2134/10zProduct website URL02537cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820014002191000020002332450126002532600055003793000011004343650098004453660075005434400055006185000016006735000052006895160013007415201221007545380020019756500030019956500022020257000031020477000024020788560061021029781849504591UK-WkNB20100216000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504591 :cą74.95  a1849504598 :cą74.95  a0363-3268  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCZ2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.92221 aClark, Gregory.10aResearch in economic historyh[electronic resource] /cGregory Clark, William A. Sundstrom; Edited by Alexander J. Field.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a362 p.  a02b74.95cGBPd00hS 63.79 17.5 74.95 11.16jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in economic history  ;vv. 25,x0363-3268  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313709, 2007.  aDocument  aIncludes six papers in quantitative economic history. This work considers growth in colonial North America. It examines the role of bank failures in propagating the Great Depression. It also examines the heights of rich and poor youth in England in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth century.bThis volume includes six papers in quantitative economic history. Peter Mancall, Josh Rosenbloom, and Tom Weiss consider growth in colonial North America, while Gary Richardson examines the role of bank failures in propagating the Great Depression. John Komlos examines the heights of rich and poor youth in England in the late eighteenth and early nineteenth century. Klas Fregert and Roger Gustafson provide a synoptic view of public finances in Sweden from the eighteenth through the twentieth century. Drew Keeling studies the economics of the steamship industry that facilitated migration between Europe and the United States between 1900 and 1914. Finally, Gregg Huff and Giovanni Caggiano examine the integration of labor markets in Southeast Asia in the late nineteenth and early twentieth century. It includes original articles written by experts on the subjects and articles supported by quantitative data.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomic history.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aSundstrom, William Andrew.1 aField, Alexander J.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0363-3268/25zProduct website URL03893cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720015002050820016002201000025002362450133002612600055003943000011004493650098004603660075005584400060006335000016006935000052007095050861007615160013016225201697016355380020033326500043033526500036033957000028034318560060034599781849502641UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502641 :cą67.95  a1849502641 :cą67.95  a1479-361X  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJVB2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.1622221 aFinkelstein, Sydney.10aAdvances in mergers and acquisitionsh[electronic resource] /cSydney Finkelstein; Edited by Cary L. Cooper, Sydney Finkelstein.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a232 p.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in mergers & acquisitions  ;vv. 3,x1479-361X  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762311019, 2004.0 aIntroduction. (C. Cooper, S. Finkelstein). Management Approaches To Merger Evoked Cultural Change And Acculturation Outcomes. (M. H. Kavanagh, N. M. Ashkanasy). Acquirer Returns When Buying Public Vs Private Firms. (L. Capron, Jung-Chin Shen). The Managing Executive In Post-Acquisition Management. (D. Angwin). 'Ideal' Acquisition Integration Approaches In Related Acquisitions Of Equals: A Test Of Long-Held Beliefs. (K. M. Ellis, B. T. Lamont). Managing Human Resources In Cross-Border Alliances. (R. S. Schuler, I. Tarique, S. E. Jackson). A Reputational Perspective On Mergers. (G. Davies, R. Chun). Management Style Compatibility And Cross-Border Acquisition Outcome. (R. Schoenberg). Acquisitions And Intangible Resources: Reputations As A Mobile And Trasferable Asset. (T. Saxton). Corporate Governance And Mergers & Acquisitions. (A. K. Sundaram).  aDocument  aExplores the economic, financial, strategic or organizational behavior aspects of M & A's. This title also explores how management approaches to mergers and acquisitions contribute to cultural change and acculturation outcomes.bThis is the third book in the series, "Advances in Mergers and Acquisitions", comprised of leading international scholars from a range of disciplines, who explore the economic, financial, strategic or organizational behavior aspects of M & A's. Marie Kavanagh and Neal Ashkanasy explore how management approaches to mergers and acquisitions contribute to cultural change and acculturation outcomes. The issue of management is pursued further by Duncan Angwin in his chapter on the managing executive in post-acquisition management. Richard Schoenberg highlights the significance of management style compatibility and cross border acquisition outcomes. Randall Schuler, Ibraiz Tarique and Susan Jackson explore cross border alliances as well but from the point of view of managing human resources. The ideal acquisition integration approach is examined by Kimberly Ellis and Bruce Lamont in the context of a merger of equals which leads nicely to the corporate governance issues and M & A's explored by Anant Sundaram.  The remaining chapters assess the returns of M & A's to the organization, with Laurence Capron and Jung-Chin Shen positing the acquirer returns when buying public v private firms, Todd Saxton's reputations as a mobile and transferable asset and Garry Davies and Rosa Chun's reputational perspective on mergers. These leading international academics contribute enormously to our understanding of the rapidly growing merger and acquisition field.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aTakeovers, mergers & buy-outs.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aCooper, Cary L.,d1940-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-361X/3zProduct website URL02698nam  22003492a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002202450122002352600055003573000011004123650097004233660075005204400089005955000016006845160013007005201445007135380020021586500024021786500029022026500035022317000022022668560060022889781849508070UK-WkNB20100217000000.0cu||||||||||||100210e201002uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849508070 :cą64.95  a1849508070 :cą64.95  a1574-0765  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFC2bicssc 7aKJG2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch10aResearch on professional responsibility and ethics in accountingh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Cynthia Jeffrey.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2010.  a254 p.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20100201cIP 20100210jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch on professional responsibility and ethics in accounting ;vv. 9,x1574-0765  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aInteractions between accountants, regulators, standard setters, and industries also have ethical components. This journal focuses on research into the nature of these interactions, resulting dilemmas, and how and why accountants resolve them, is the focus of this journal.bResearch on "Professional Responsibility and Ethics in Accounting" is devoted to publishing high-quality research and cases that focus on the professional responsibilities of accountants and how they deal with the ethical issues they face. The series features articles on a broad range of important and timely topics, including professionalism, social responsibility, ethical judgment, and accountability. The professional responsibilities of accountants are broad-based; they must serve clients and user groups whose needs, incentives, and goals may be in conflict. Further, accountants must interpret and apply codes of conduct, accounting and auditing principles, and securities regulations. Compliance with professional guidelines is judgment-based, and characteristics of the individual, the culture, and situations affect how these guidelines are interpreted and applied, as well as when they might be violated. Interactions between accountants, regulators, standard setters, and industries also have ethical components. Research into the nature of these interactions, resulting dilemmas, and how and why accountants resolve them, is the focus of this journal.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aAccounting.2bicssc 7aBusiness ethics.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aJeffrey, Cynthia.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1574-0765/9zProduct website URL02393cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002201000020002352450109002552600055003643000011004193650098004303660075005284400069006035000016006725000052006885160013007405201101007535380020018546500043018746500030019176500023019478560061019709781849505734UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090807e200309uuxxk    gs|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849505734 :cą68.99  a184950573X :cą68.99  a0733-558X  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aHPS2bicssc 7aJFC2bicssc 7aPHI2eflch1 aLocke, Edwin A.10aPostmodernism and managementh[electronic resource] ;bPros, cons and the alternative /cEdwin A. Locke.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2003.  a290 p.  a02b68.99cGBPd00hS 58.71 17.5 68.99 10.28jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20030912cIP 20090807jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the sociology of organizations  ;vv. 21,x0733-558X  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310043, 2003.  aDocument  aPostmodern philosophy has had a profound effect on intellectuals throughout the world. However, there is a debate within the intellectual community as to whether this influence has been beneficial or harmful with no resolution yet in sight. This book contributes to the debate within the field of management.bPostmodern philosophy has had a profound effect on intellectuals throughout the world. Its influence has seeped into many fields other than philosophy including literature, psychology, sociology, political science, history, journalism and management. However, there is a debate within the intellectual community as to whether this influence has been beneficial or harmful with no resolution yet in sight. This book contributes to the debate within the field of management. The book includes four chapters by the most highly regarded pro postmodern scholars and an equal number of chapters by the most highly regarded anti postmodern scholars. Adding to the controversy is a final chapter which argues that Ayn Rand's philosophy of objectivism is the proper alternative to postmodernism.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aSocial & political philosophy.2bicssc 7aCultural studies.2bicssc 7aPhilosophy.2eflch4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0733-558X/21zProduct website URL02526cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720018001880720015002060820014002212450080002352600055003153000011003703650097003813660075004784400047005535000016006005000052006165050704006685160013013725200618013855380020020036500022020236500035020457000023020808560061021039781849502443UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502443 :cą64.95  a1849502447 :cą64.95  a1058-7497  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFFD12bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a336.222210aAdvances in taxationh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Thomas M. Porcano.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a212 p.  a02b64.95cGBPd00hS 55.28 17.5 64.95 9.67jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in taxation  ;vv. 15,x1058-7497  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310654, 2003.0 aThe effect of export tax incentives on export volume - the DISC/FSC evidence, B.A. Billings et al-- implications of benchmark state and local tax rates for measures of estimated taxes, B.D. Childs-- tax administration problems - GAO-identified shortcomings and implications, P.J. Harmelink et al-- implicit taxes and progressivity, H.J. Iglarsh, R.G. Allan-- the association of career stage and gender with tax accountants' work attitudes and behavior, S Luttman et al-- the determinants of staff accountants' satisfaction with services at Korean district tax offices, T. Shim-- tax policy effectiveness as measured by responses to limits placed on the deduction of executive compensation, T. Smith.  aDocument  aPresents articles that deal with various aspects of taxation. This book addresses tax policy issues at the federal, state, local, or international level.b"Advances in Taxation" publishes articles dealing with all aspects of taxation. Articles can address tax policy issues at the federal, state, local, or international level. The series primarily publishes empirical studies that address compliance, computer usage, education, legal, planning, or policy issues. These studies generally involve interdisciplinary research that incorporates theories from accounting, economics, finance, psychology, and sociology.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aTaxation.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aPorcano, Thomas M.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1058-7497/15zProduct website URL03010cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820016002191000023002352450124002582600055003823000011004373650097004483660075005454400055006205000016006755000052006915051661007435160013024045380020024176500042024376500022024797000022025017000020025237000021025438560060025649781849500203UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849500203 :cą57.95  a1849500207 :cą57.95  a1529-2134  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCA2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.1572221 aKirzner, Israel M.10aAdvances in Austrian economicsh[electronic resource] /cIsrael M. Kirzner [et al.]; Series edited by Peter J. Boettke.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a268 p.  a02b57.95cGBPd00hS 49.32 17.5 57.95 8.63jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in Austrian economics ;vv. 4,x1529-2134  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762301980, 1997.0 aPart 1. Symposium on Austrian Macroeconomics. The economics of time and money: an introduction to a symposium on Austrian macroeconomics (S. Horwitz). Austrian and monetarist business cycle theories: substitutes or complements? (L.J. Sechrest). The theory of business fluctuations: new Keynesians, old monetarists, and Austrians (P.J. Shah). Capital and time: variations on a Hicksian theme (P. Lewin). Toward an Austrian theory of expectations (W.N. Butos). The regulation of bank capital adequacy (K. Dowd).-- Part II. Symposium on the Crisis of Economic Theory. The crisis of vision in modern economic thought: a symposium (P.J. Boettke). The crisis of vision in modern economic thought: some questions from the left (A. Callari). Beyond science: the economists' enterprise (J.M. Buchanan). The problem of vision in economics: a review essay (W. Samuels). The crisis of vision in modern economic thought: an Austrian economist's perspective (I.M. Kirzner).-- Part III. Current Research. Adolph Lowe and the Austrians (M. Forstater). Austrian insights and the theory of the firm (N. Foss). Francis Newman and the "Austrian" critique of socialism (J. Shearmur).-- Part IV. Review Essays. Lachmann's plan, and its lesson: comment on Lavoie (D.L. Prychitko). On regrouping the intellectual capital structure of Lachmann's economics (D. Lavoie). The dangers that court Hermeneutics: rejoinder to Lavoie (D.L. Prychitko). How entrepreneurs learn: a review of David Harper's entrepreneurship and the market process (I. Pongracic).-- Part V. Book Reviews. U. Maki, B. Gustafsson, and Knudsen, Eds.,. Rationality institutions and economic methodology (R. Koppl).  aDocument  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomic theory & philosophy.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aBoettke, Peter J.1 aRizzo, Mario J.1 aHorwitz, Steven.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1529-2134/4zProduct website URL04989cam  22003972a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820017002191000025002362450124002612500020003852600055004053000019004603650097004793660075005764400059006515000016007105000052007265052608007785160013033865200992033995380020043916500031044116500036044427000031044787000021045098560061045309781849504355UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504355 :cą62.95  a1849504350 :cą62.95  a0742-3322  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJC2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.40122221 aDobrev, Stanislav D.10aEcology and strategyh[electronic resource] /cStanislav D. Dobrev, Arjen van Witteloostuijn; Edited by Joel A.C. Baum.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a678 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in strategic management  ;vv. 23,x0742-3322  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313389, 2006.0 aIntroduction Ecology versus Strategy or Strategy and Ecology? Stanislav D. Dobrev, Arjen van Witteloostuijn and Joel A.C. Baum-- Part I: Entrepreneurship Boom and Bust: The Effect of Entrepreneurial Inertia on Organizational Populations Martin Ruef Optimal Inertia: When Organizations Should Fail Nick Dew, Brent Goldfarb and Saras Sarasvathy-- Part II: Top Management Teams Top Management Team Composition and Organizational Ecology: A Nested Hierarchical Selection Theory of Team Reproduction and Organization Diversity Christophe Boone, Filippo Carlo Wezel and Arjen van Witteloostuijn CEO Turnover in the New Era: A Dialogue with the Financial Community Margarethe Wiersema and Thomas P. Moliterno-- Part III: Organizational Change Ecology, Strategy and Organizational Change Jitendra V. Singh The Best of Both Worlds: Exploitation and Exploration in Successful Family Businesses Danny Miller and Isabelle Le Breton-Miller-- Part IV: Organizational Learning If it doesnt Kill You: Learning from Ecological Competition Henrich R. Greve and Hayagreeva Rao Strategic Renewal as Improvisation: Reconciling the Tension between Exploration and Exploitation Mary M. Crossan and David K. Hurst-- Part V: Technology Strategy Technology Choice, Transaction Alignment and Survival: The Impact of Sub-population Organizational Structure Lyda S. Bigelow Exploring the Tail of Creativity: An Evolutionary Model of Breakthrough Invention Lee Fleming and Mark Szigety-- Part VI: Competitive Strategy The Competitive Dynamics of Vertical Integration: Evidence from U.S. Motion Picture Producers, 1912-1970 Giacomo Negro and Olav Sorenson Dynamics of Competitive Repositioning: A Multidimensional Approach Javier Gimeno, Ming-Jer Chen and Jonghoon Bae-- Part VII: Cooperative Strategy Fighting a Common Foe: Enmity, Identity and Collective Strategy Jo-Ellen Pozner and Hayagreeva Rao When do Networks Matter? A Study of Tie formation and Decay Andrew Shipilov, Tim J. Rowley and Barak Aharonson-- Part VIII: Scale and Scope Scale and Scope Economies in the British Motorcycle Industry, 1899-1993 Filippo Carlo Wezel and Arjen van Witteloostuijn Diversification to Achieve Scale and Scope: The Strategic Implications of Resource Management for Value Creation Tim R. Holcomb, R. Michael Holmes Jr. and Michael A. Hitt-- Part IX: Industry Evolution Direct and Indirect Effects of Product Portfolio on Firm Survival in the Worldwide Optical Disk Drive Industry, 1983-1999 Olga M. Khessina Industry Performance and Changes in Competitor Characteristics: Evidence on Isolationism versus Mutual Forbearance Anita M. McGahan.  aDocument  aSuitable for scholars, students and practitioners of business, this work addresses fields such as the US motion picture, British motorcycle, and optical disk drive industries. It addresses the human ecology of organizations, the relationship between the employee and the company.bVolume 23 of the "Advances in Strategic Management" series focuses on ecology and strategy, providing an excellent point of reference for scholars, students and practitioners of business. The nine-part volume addresses diverse fields such as the U.S. motion picture, British motorcycle, and optical disk drive industries. The authors included represent institutions of higher learning from around the world, giving this latest edition international appeal. There is international representation. It addresses the human ecology of organizations, the relationship between the employee and the company. It includes papers regarding the US Motion Picture, British Motorcycle, and Optical Disk Drive industries.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aBusiness strategy.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aWitteloostuijn, Arjen van.1 aBaum, Joel A. C.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0742-3322/23zProduct website URL03539cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720016002050720015002210820016002361000021002522450166002732600055004393000019004943650098005133660075006114400062006865000016007485000052007645160013008165202079008295380020029086500028029286500048029566500036030047000052030408560061030929781849502344UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502344 :cą67.95  a184950234X :cą67.95  a0747-7929  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJVG2bicssc 7aKJM2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.0492221 aHitt, Michael A.10aManaging multinationals in a knowledge economyh[electronic resource] ;bEconomics, culture, and human resources /cMichael A. Hitt; Edited by Joseph L.C. Cheng.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a258 p. :bill.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in international management ;vv. 15,x0747-7929  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310500, 2003.  aDocument  aIncludes contributing chapters from authors based in Asia, Europe, and North America that examine a topic in the international management field - managing multinationals in a knowledge economy. This title also includes articles that are selected through a double-blind review process.bThis volume includes contributing chapters from authors based in Asia, Europe, and North America to examine an emerging topic in the international management field - managing multinationals in a knowledge economy. They were selected to reflect the influences of three key factors - economics, culture, and human resources - on managerial decisions that affect multinationals and their effective operations. Leading the volume is an invited article by John H. Dunning, "An Evolving Paradigm of the Economic Determinants of International Business Activity". It presents a comprehensive review of his thirty-plus years of research on the eclectic paradigm, and a preview of his most recent work on the role of relational and institutional assets in foreign direct investment. This article, along with commentaries on Dunning's work written by Jose de la Torre, Timothy Devinney, Will Mitchell, and Stephen Tallman, can be found in the Research Forum section. The present volume also includes five other articles selected through a double-blind review process.  They complement the Research Forum papers, which focus on the economic determinants of international business activity, by examining critical cultural and human resource issues faced by multinationals. These include: the role of culture in entry mode decisions, the impact of national context on top management teams, cultural attributes of Russian management, the utilization of managerial expatriates, and the bridging of theory and practice in international human resource management research. A review of the volume's ten chapters suggests that, despite all the technological advances in cross-border communication and coordination, social capital and human resources are the most critical factors possessed by multinationals.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aMultinationals.2bicssc 7aManagement & management techniques.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aCheng, Joseph L. C.,q(Joseph Lap-Chiu),d1952-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1571-5027/15zProduct website URL03682cam  22004452a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720017002050720017002220720016002390720015002550820017002701000024002872450130003112600055004413000019004963650098005153660075006134400062006885000016007505000052007665051791008185160013026095200342026225380020029646500025029846500034030096500029030436500036030726500036031087000031031448560061031759781849501675UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849501675 :cą70.95  a184950167X :cą70.95  a1474-7979  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJSA2bicssc 7aKNTY2bicssc 7aKJSM2bicssc 7aKJK2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a659.10722221 aCavusgil, S. Tamer.10aNew directions in international advertising researchh[electronic resource] /cS.Tamer Cavusgil; Edited by Charles R. Taylor.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a296 p. :bill.  a02b70.95cGBPd00hS 60.38 17.5 70.95 10.57jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in international marketing  ;vv. 12,x1474-7979  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762309504, 2002.0 aList of contributors-- Preface-- Introduction-- New directions in international advertising research-- Methodological Insights-- Achieving reliable and valid cross-cultural research results in content analysis-- Towards the development of a scalar equivalent etic Multicultural Advertising Response Scale (MARS)-- Standardization vs. Specialization Issues-- Standardized vs. specialized international advertising campaigns: What we have learned from academic research in the 1990s (C.R. Taylor, C.M. Johnson)-- The association between process and program advertising standardization: an illustration of US multinationals operating in India-- Marketing/advertising concepts and principles in the international context: universal or unique?-- Creating a positive brand image with a local adaptation advertising strategy: the Hyundai Santa Fe-- Advertising in Central/Eastern Europe-- Emotional and rational advertising messages in positive and negative Polish media contexts-- Advertising in the Czech Republic: Czech perceptions of effective advertising and advertising clutter-- Global Advertising, Social Responsibility, and Country of Origin Effects-- A cross-cultural examination of the environmental information on packaging: implications for advertisers-- Advertising, technology, and the digital divide: a global perspective-- Direct and indirect use of country of origin cues for hybrid and non-hybrid products-- Advertising in Asia Pacific-- Possession and effects of power in advertising agency? Client relationships in South Korea: a multi-level analysis-- Self-esteem, life-satisfaction and materialism: effects of advertising images on Chinese college students-- Advertising communication in Australia - a comparison of information used by Australian, Japanese and US firms.  aDocument  aAddresses the need to move international advertising in new directions by summarizing the knowledge in several areas, reporting findings of various studies, and providing research directions. This book is suitable for scholars who have an interest in international advertising research as well as international advertising practitioners.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aAdvertising.2bicssc 7aAdvertising industry.2bicssc 7aMarket research.2bicssc 7aInternational business.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aTaylor, Charles R.,d1961-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1474-7979/12zProduct website URL02769cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820016002191000034002352450134002692600055004033000019004583650098004773660075005754400068006505000016007185000052007345160013007865201408007995380020022076500036022276500036022637000024022998560084023239781848552791UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848552791 :cą69.95  a1848552793 :cą69.95  a1745-8862  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJK2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.0492221 aSantangelo, Grazia D.,d1973-10aNew perspectives in international business researchh[electronic resource] /cGrazia D. Santangelo; Edited by Maryann P. Feldman.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a230 p. :bill.  a02b69.95cGBPd00hS 59.53 17.5 69.95 10.42jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aProgress in international business research ;vv. 3,x1745-8862  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848552784, 2008.  aDocument  aProposes fresh perspectives in IB research by addressing a number of critical issues which criss-cross the fields of International Business and International Management. This title focuses on the genesis and development of international entrepreneurs. It discusses the nature and impact of technology and of international expansion.bThis volume of "Progress in International Business Research" proposes new perspectives in IB research by addressing a number of critical issues which criss-cross the fields of International Business and International Management. More specifically, the topics dealt with in the volume feature in four discreet sections. The contributions in the first part concern the management of cultural distance across countries. In the second part, internal and external solutions to corporate governance problems are proposed, making use of the concept of 'jurisdictional advantage'. The third part focuses on the genesis and development of international entrepreneurs. The last part of the volume discusses the nature and impact of technology and of international expansion. The volume intends to provide fresh new insights in the field of IB research, insights which will interest business and management scholars, senior executives and policy-makers, and all those interested in the relationship and combination of corporate competitive advantage with jurisdictional advantage.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aInternational business.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aFeldman, Maryann P.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1745-8862/3uwww.emeraldinsight.comzProduct website URL02112cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820015002352450100002502600055003503000011004053650100004163660078005164400099005945000016006935160013007095200860007225380020015826500032016026500030016346500029016646500036016937000021017299781848559516UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090909e200911uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848559516 :cą59.95  a1848559518 :cą59.95  a1048-4736  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJH2bicssc 7aRNC2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a338.0422210aFrontiers in eco entrepreneurship researchh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Gary D. Libecap.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a192 p.  a02b59.95cGBPd00hS 51.02 17.5 59.95 8.93jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2onix-pt  b20091109cIP 20091110jGBkxxkmEmerald Group Publishing Limited2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in the study of entrepreneurship, innovation and economic growth ;vv. 20,x1048-4736  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aExamines the environmental entrepreneur and the role of property rights in encouraging eco entrepreneurship, and uses micro economics to assess whether eco entrepreneurship is fundamentally different from more general entrepreneurship.bEco entrepreneurship (the provision of new products, processes, services with environmental benefits) is not well understood regarding its motives, returns, products, services, organization, and property rights. However, as public concern about the environment rises, understanding the relationship between entrepreneurship and the environment is increasingly important. This volume examines the environmental entrepreneur and the role of property rights in encouraging eco entrepreneurship, and uses micro economics to assess whether eco entrepreneurship is fundamentally different from more general entrepreneurship.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 0aEntrepreneurshipxResearch. 7aEntrepreneurship.2bicssc 7aApplied ecology.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aLibecap, Gary D.01917cam  22003492a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720032001880720015002200820016002352450108002512600055003593000011004143650097004253660075005224400056005975000016006535000052006695160013007215200657007345380020013916500053014116500022014647000020014868560061015069781849504690UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504690 :cą62.95  a1849504695 :cą62.95  a0161-7230  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCx1KLx1DVPx1FBS2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.12222210aTransitions in Latin America and in Poland and Syriah[electronic resource] /cEdited by Paul Zarembka.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a360 p.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in political economy  ;vv. 24,x0161-7230  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313839, 2007.  aDocument  aDeals with economic and political issues and the unity between them. Including both theoretical and empirical works, this work focuses on Latin America.bThe research is founded on analyzing society in a manner consistent with classical Marxism. International in scope, the annual volumes deal primarily with economic and political issues and the unity between them. Both theoretical and empirical works are included. While published papers must be appropriate for developing class analysis of society, they need not be explicitly Marxist. The 24th volume in the series focuses on Latin America. This book series is available electronically at website.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomicszLatin AmericazPolandzSyria.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aZarembka, Paul.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0161-7230/24zProduct website URL02231cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820016002192450097002352500020003322600055003523000019004073650097004263660075005234400067005985000016006655000052006815050797007335160013015305200156015435380020016996500024017196500035017437000019017788560060017979781849504485UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504485 :cą58.95  a1849504482 :cą58.95  a1475-1488  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFC2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a657.01922210aAdvances in accounting behavioral researchh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Vicky Arnold.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a250 p. :bill.  a02b58.95cGBPd00hS 50.17 17.5 58.95 8.78jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in accounting behavioral research ;vv. 9,x1475-1488  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313532, 2006.0 aList of Contributors Reviewer Acknowledgments-- 1. The impact of accountability on the processing of nondiagnostic evidence-- 2. Auditors' memory of internal control information: the effect of documentation preparation versus review-- 3. Internal auditor burnout: an examination of behavioral consequences-- 4. Fairness, budget satisfaction, and budget performance: a path analytic model of their relationships-- 5. Understanding investment expertise and factors that influence the information processing and performance of investment experts-- 6. The influence of outcome knowledge on judges and jurors' evaluations of auditor decisions: A review and synthesis of prior research-- 7. Why you should consider SEM: A guide to getting started-- 8. A Postmodern Stakeholder Analysis of Telework.  aDocument  aPresents empirical research in accounting theory. This book also covers the fields of applied psychology, sociology, management science, and economics.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aAccounting.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aArnold, Vicky.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1475-1488/9zProduct website URL03666cam  22003612a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720017001880720015002050820016002201000025002362450113002612600055003743000019004293650097004483660075005454400060006205000016006805000052006965160013007485202356007615380020031176500043031376500036031807000028032168560060032449781849504676UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504676 :cą62.95  a1849504679 :cą62.95  a1479-361X  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJVB2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.1622221 aFinkelstein, Sydney.10aAdvances in mergers and acquisitionsh[electronic resource] /cSydney Finkelstein; Edited by Cary L. Cooper.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a200 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in mergers & acquisitions  ;vv. 6,x1479-361X  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313815, 2007.  aDocument  aMergers and acquisitions continue to be a primary vehicle of growth for companies around the world. This book features topics that range from strategy, to organizational integration, culture, leadership, human resource planning, and financial analysis.bMergers and acquisitions continue to be a primary vehicle of growth for companies around the world. Not only in the United States and Europe, but also in Japan, China, India, Brazil and elsewhere senior executives are making huge bets on the future of their firms. With such intense scrutiny in the world of business, it is not surprising that academic research on mergers and acquisitions has been similarly robust. The topics range from strategy, to organizational integration, culture, leadership, human resource planning, and financial analysis. Similarly, the theories brought to bear to help understand mergers and acquisitions range from upper echelons theory to the resource based view of the firm, competitive analysis, organizational trust, networks, knowledge management, and others. What makes the "Advances in Mergers and Acquisitions" series stand out is its focus on all three characteristics that make up this research field - studies from scholars in different countries, with different research questions, and relying on different theoretical perspectives.  Such a broad, and inclusive, approach to mergers and acquisitions is not easily replicated in academic journals, with much narrower mandates and metrics. The collections published each year provide cutting edge ideas by leading scholars on a global scale. Doing so not only broadens the questions being studied, but also helps researchers consider the inter-relationships among different perspectives. In the final analysis, the best way to build understanding around a topic as diffuse as mergers and acquisitions is to be both integrative, and expansive, in choice of research questions and theoretical underpinnings. "Advances in Mergers and Acquisitions" offers this unique perspective, not easily found elsewhere, that will help scholars think about mergers and acquisitions in new ways, building our knowledge base on this critical topic. In light of the enormous sums being invested in growth-via-acquisition strategies around the world, academic research on mergers and acquisitions has never been more important.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aTakeovers, mergers & buy-outs.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aCooper, Cary L.,d1940-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1479-361X/6zProduct website URL03650cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820019002191000021002382450140002592600055003993000019004543650098004733660075005714400050006465000016006965000052007125051124007645160013018885201232019015380020031336500026031536500022031797000014032018560061032159781849502535UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502535 :cą67.95  a1849502536 :cą67.95  a0731-9053  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCH2bicssc 7aECO2eflch04a330.0151952221 aHill, R. Carter.10aMaximum likelihood estimation of misspecified modelsh[electronic resource] ;bTwenty years later /cR.Carter Hill; Edited by T. Fomby.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a268 p. :bill.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in econometrics ;vv. 17,x0731-9053  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310753, 2003.0 aA comparative study of pure and pretest estimators for a possibly misspecified two-way error component model (B.H. Baltagi, G. Bresson, A. Pirotte). Tests of common deterministic trend slopes applied to quarterly global temperature data (T.B. Fomby, T.J. Vogelsang). The sandwich estimate of variance (J.W. Hardin). Test statistics and critical values in selectivity models (R.C. Hill, L.C. Adkins, K.A. Bender). Estimation, inference, and specification testing for possibly misspecified quantile regression (T.-H. Kim, H. White). Maximum likelihood estimation with bounded symmetric errors (D. Miller, J. Eales, P. Preckel). Consistent quasi-maximum likelihood estimation with limited information (D. Miller, S.-H. Lee). An examination of the sign and volatility switching ARCH models under alternative distributional assumptions (M.F. Omran, F. Avram). Estimating a linear exponential density when the weighting matrix and mean parameter vector are functionally related (C.-Y. Sin). Testing in GMM models without truncation (T.J. Vogelsang). Bayesian analysis of misspecified models with fixed effects (T. Woutersen).  aDocument  aA work based on the Advances in Econometrics conference held in November of 2002 at Louisiana State University in recognition of Halbert White's pioneering work published in "Econometrica" in 1980 and 1982 on robust variance-covariance estimation and quasi-maximum likelihood estimation.bThis volume is the result of an Advances in Econometrics conference held in November of 2002 at Louisiana State University in recognition of Halbert White's pioneering work published in "Econometrica" in 1980 and 1982 on robust variance-covariance estimation and quasi-maximum likelihood estimation. It contains 11 papers on a range of related topics including the estimation of possibly misspecified error component and fixed effects panel models, estimation and inference in possibly misspecified quantile regression models, quasi-maximum likelihood estimation of linear regression models with bounded and symmetric errors and quasi-maximum likelihood estimation of models with parameter dependencies between the mean vector and error variance-covariance matrix. Other topics include GMM, HAC, Heckit, asymmetric GARCH, Cross-Entropy, and multivariate deterministic trend estimation and testing under various possible misspecifications.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconometrics.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aFomby, T.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0731-9053/17zProduct website URL02865cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720018001880720016002060720015002220820016002371000019002532450101002722600055003733000011004283650098004393660075005374400070006125000016006825000052006985160013007505201504007635380020022676500042022876500031023296500036023607000022023968560061024189781848556713UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090807e200906uuxxk    gs|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848556713 :cą84.95  a1848556713 :cą84.95  a1069-0964  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJMV72bicssc 7aKJS2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.8272221 aGlynn, Mark S.10aBusiness-to-business brand managementh[electronic resource] /cMark S. Glynn, Arch G. Woodside.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a504 p.  a02b84.95cGBPd00hS 72.30 17.5 84.95 12.65jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090619cIP 20090807jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in business marketing & purchasing  ;vv. 15,x1069-0964  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848556706, 2009.  aDocument  aFocuses on sensemaking, decisions, actions, and evaluating outcomes relating to managing business-to-business brands including both product and service brands. This book provides reviews of relevant studies, research reports, and implications for the B2B brand management issues.bProviding broad and deep coverage, this volume focuses on sensemaking, decisions, actions, and evaluating outcomes relating to managing business-to-business brands including both product and service brands. This book goes well beyond basic marketing textbooks to provide extensive reviews of relevant studies, original research reports, and in-depth implications for the following B2B brand management issues: Building a Strong B2B Brand; Building a Strong Brand to Resellers; B2B Brand Equity - Theory, Measurement, and Strategy; Effective Strategies for B2B Service Brands; Brand Meaning and its Impact in Subcontractor Contexts; Brand Image, Corporate Reputation, and Customer Value; Internal Branding Theory, Research, and Practice; and, Pricing Theory and Strategy Applications in B2B Brand Management. Collectively these chapters address most aspects of the marketing mix for business-to-business and industrial marketers. Each of the papers provides valuable brand management insights for managers.  The chapters are original contributions by leading scholars and B2B brand managers; each chapter following the introductory chapter includes a brand management problem-exercise with a separate instructor's note.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aSales & marketing management.2bicssc 7aSales & marketing.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aWoodside, Arch G.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1069-0964/15zProduct website URL03470cam  22004092a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720018002040720015002220820014002371000021002512450186002722600055004583000019005133650097005323660075006294400062007045000016007665000052007825160013008345201911008475380020027586500031027786500042028096500036028517000031028877000029029187000052029478560061029999781849504775UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504775 :cą62.95  a1849504776 :cą62.95  a0747-7929  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJS2bicssc 7aKJMV72bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.82221 aHitt, Michael A.10aProduct and market development for subsistence marketplacesh[electronic resource] /cMichael A. Hitt, Jose Antonio Rosa, Madhubalan Viswanathan; Series edited by Joseph L.C. Cheng.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a358 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in international management ;vv. 20,x0747-7929  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313969, 2007.  aDocument  aOffers an understanding of important global phenomenon marketplaces where individuals living in poverty buy/sell products and services. This title presents a collection of articles that describe this particular group of consumers and entrepreneurs, and inform us on better ways to understand, reach, and empower them.bThis volume provides a more detailed and profound understanding of an important and, until recently ignored, global phenomenon marketplaces where individuals living in poverty buy/sell products and services. It is estimated that as many as 4 billion people with buying power exceeding $14 trillion fall into this market segment. Historically, the research in this area was conducted among consumers from industrialized economies. This research is rooted in fundamental assumptions about literacy and numeracy skills, life stability, cognitive predilections, and consumer access to basic resources such as education, water, and sanitation that often do not hold for poverty-stricken marketplaces. This volume presents a collection of articles that describe this particular group of consumers and entrepreneurs, and inform us on better ways to understand, reach, and empower them. The potential to do well by doing good in these impoverished marketplaces is very high, it is the hope of the editors that this reference will jumpstart the development of new theories, frameworks, and models that address both consumption and entrepreneurship in this particular market.  This series publishes conceptual and empirical papers that deal with international topics from all areas within the management field. The organizations studied can be domestic or multinational, and the level of analysis can be macro or micro. Through new theoretical insights, managerial application, methodology, or data, the papers make a significant contribution to advancing knowledge about international management.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aSales & marketing.2bicssc 7aSales & marketing management.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aRosa, Jose Antonio,cPh.D.1 aViswanathan, Madhubalan.1 aCheng, Joseph L. C.,q(Joseph Lap-Chiu),d1952-4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1571-5027/20zProduct website URL04059cam  22003852a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820012002352450128002472600055003753000011004303650097004413660075005384400068006135000016006815000052006975160013007495202656007625380020034186500049034386500024034876500047035116500035035587000019035938560061036129781848557390UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090601e200907uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848557390 :cą59.95  a1848557396 :cą59.95  a1475-1488  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFC2bicssc 7aKJU2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a65722210aAdvances in accounting behavioral researchh[electronic resource] /cEdited by Vicky Arnold; Series edited by Vicky Arnold.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a218 p.  a02b59.95cGBPd00hS 51.02 17.5 59.95 8.93jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090701cIP 20090630jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in accounting behavioral research ;vv. 12,x1475-1488  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9781848557383, 2009.  aDocument  aExamines the roles of organizational justice and trust in management control system. This title explores whether qualitative information contained in annual reports contains potential fraud risk indicators. It includes the findings that suggest that deception can be detected by analyzing management's discussion and analysis.b"Advances in Accounting Behavioral Research" publishes high quality research encompassing all areas of accounting that incorporate theory from and contribute knowledge and understanding to the fields of applied psychology, sociology, management science, and economics. The series promotes research that investigates behavioral accounting issues. Volume 12 begins with a research study that examines the roles of organizational justice and trust in management control system. The second study explores whether qualitative information contained in annual reports contains potential fraud risk indicators. The findings suggest that deception can be detected by analyzing management's discussion and analysis and this may provide a useful method for predicting fraud. The next three studies examine ways to improve auditor decision making. The first examines whether justification and self review can mitigate the influence of client likeability when auditors make fraud judgments. The next study examines whether auditors make different decisions under principles-based accounting standards than rules-based standards.  The results indicate that auditors are more conservative and less likely to allow clients to manage earnings when the authoritative guidance is principles-based. The third study, which examines auditors' decisions in a fraud examination, compares two methods of evaluating different hypothesis when multiple revisions in the decision process occur. The results indicate that certain aids designed to support the decision-making process can help auditors improve their decisions. The next study examines the use of different types of feedback and incentives to improve decision performance when using a decision aid. The results show that decision performance improves when the decision aid is designed to provide feedback to the user. The final two studies in this volume examine the expectations of accounting students. The first is a longitudinal study examining the expectations of staff auditors over the first two years of employment in a public accounting firm. The second examines expectations regarding the skills required to succeed in accounting.  The research studies reported in this volume are both interesting and insightful and should prove useful in facilitating future behavioral research.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 0aAccountingxPsychological aspectsxResearch. 7aAccounting.2bicssc 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aArnold, Vicky.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1475-1488/12zProduct website URL04232cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820016002191000020002352450142002552600055003973000019004523650098004713660075005694400056006445000016007005000052007165051224007685160013019925201691020055380020036966500021037166500035037377000025037728560061037979781849502634UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849502634 :cą67.95  a1849502633 :cą67.95  a0161-7230  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKFF2bicssc 7aFIN2eflch04a332.0412221 aZarembka, Paul.10aNeoliberalism in crisis, accumulation, and Rosa Luxemburg's legacyh[electronic resource] /cPaul Zarembka; Edited by Susanne Soederberg.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a306 p. :bill.  a02b67.95cGBPd00hS 57.83 17.5 67.95 10.12jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in political economy  ;vv. 21,x0161-7230  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762310982, 2004.0 aList of Contributions. Photos.-- Part I: The disciplinary role of capital under Neoliberalism. Responding to Neoliberalism in crisis: discipline and empowerment in the World Bank's new development agenda (M. Taylor). American imperialism and new forms of disciplining the 'non-integrating gap' (S. Soederberg). The logic of Neoliberal finance and global financial fragility: towards another great depression? (A. Nesvetailova). Disciplining labor, creating poverty: Neoliberal structural reform and the political conflict in Argentina (V. Patroni). Global high culture in the era of Neo-Liberalism: The case of documenta11 (K. Ball).-- Part II: Accumulation and Finance. Marx and the theory of the monetary circuit (A.B. Trigg). Hilferding's banking theory in the light of Steuart and Smith (C. Lapavitsas). Economic crisis and socialist revolution: Henryk Grossman's Law of Accumulation, its first critics and his responses (R. Kuhn). Spurious value-price correlations: some additional evidence and arguments (A. Kliman).-- Part III: Rosa Luxemburg. The coherence of Luxemburg's theories and life (E.T. Aznar). 'Like a candle burning at both ends': Rosa Luxemburg and the critique of political economy (R. Bellofiore).  aDocument  aExplores three key themes pertinent to the critique of political economy: the disciplinary role of capital under neoliberalism, accumulation and finance, and the life and theories of Rosa Luxemburg. This book contains essays that critically examine the concrete aspects of political economy, such as the changing role of the World Bank.bThis volume of "Research in Political Economy" sets out to explore three key themes pertinent to the critique of political economy: the disciplinary role of capital under neoliberalism, accumulation and finance, and the life and theories of Rosa Luxemburg. While the sections focus on different aspects of political economy, taken as a whole, they complement each other in striking a balance between concrete and abstract Marxist analyses. The essays in the first section critically examines the more concrete aspects of political economy, such as the changing role of the World Bank vis-a-vis the Third World, the Millennium Challenge Account - a newly forged 'official development compact' put forward by the Bush II administration, the disciplinary strategies tied to labour restructuring in Argentina, the political economy of financial fragility on a global scale, and a cultural critique of the "Documenta11". The essays in the second section explore analytically dimensions of Marx's theory of the monetary circuit, Rudolf Hilferding's banking theory, Henryk Grossman's Law of Accumulation, and the evidence surrounding supposed value-price correlations.  The articles in the third section of the volume are devoted to the person and theoretical contribution of Rosa Luxemburg, the famous Polish-German theoretician and revolutionary leader.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aFinance.2bicssc 7aFinance and Accounting.2eflch1 aSoederberg, Susanne.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0161-7230/21zProduct website URL02421cam  22003732a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002040820015002191000017002342450140002512500020003912600055004113000019004663650097004853660075005824400062006575000016007195000052007355160013007875201081008005380020018816500031019016500036019327000018019688560061019869781849504584UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504584 :cą62.95  a184950458X :cą62.95  a1474-7979  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJS2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.842221 aRialp, Alex.10aInternational marketing researchh[electronic resource] ;bOpportunities and challenges in the 21st century /cAlex Rialp, Josep Rialp.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a424 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in international marketing  ;vv. 17,x1474-7979  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313693, 2006.  aDocument  aA collection of essays on international marketing. It examines international marketing from theoretical and practical perspectives, and addresses various aspects of export and multinational marketing through management, public policy, and other issues.bThis book presents a collection of original, high-quality essays in international marketing. Both theoretical/conceptual and empirical contributions are included. Written by scholars from all over the world, these essays address various aspects of export and multinational marketing. While some authors focus on managerial issues in international marketing, others take a public policy or comparative perspective. Similarly, while some authors may confine their analysis to well-established concepts or methodologies in international marketing, others have the opportunity to incorporate new and innovative perspectives. It examines international marketing from theoretical and practical perspectives, and addresses various aspects of export and multinational marketing through management, public policy, and other issues.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aSales & marketing.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aRialp, Josep.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/1474-7979/17zProduct website URL02831cam  22004092a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720015002200820015002351000023002502450153002732600055004263000011004813650098004923660075005904400069006655000016007345160013007505201376007635380020021396500030021596500047021896500023022366500036022597000021022957000021023167000023023378560061023609781848558670UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090717e200909uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781848558670 :cą69.95  a1848558678 :cą69.95  a0733-558X  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJU2bicssc 7aJHB2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a302.352221 aWalgenbach, Peter.10aInstitutions and ideologyh[electronic resource] /cPeter Walgenbach; Edited by Renate E. Meyer [et al.]; Series edited by Renate E. Meyer [et al.].  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a350 p.  a02b69.95cGBPd00hS 59.53 17.5 69.95 10.42jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090901cIP 20090922jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aResearch in the sociology of organizations  ;vv. 27,x0733-558X  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aContributes to the literature on the sociology of organizations and management, especially to sociological institutionalism. This title covers the empirical areas that range from technology and software development, the brewing industry, custodial facilities to the organization of birthing.bThis volume contributes to the literature on the sociology of organizations and management, especially to sociological institutionalism, by attempting to fill an important gap in institutional research. Our starting point is the conviction that organizational institutionalims is the conceptual and empirical venue to study ideology, both in its symbolic and material dimension and this volume represents an effort to refocus and revitalize these issues. The ten chapters of this volume engage directly and critical with several North American and European institutional traditions. Apart from organizational institutionalism's own classic and current research, they draw on a wide variety of theoretical legacies to make sense of the relationship between institutions and ideology: Weber, Foucault, Heidegger, Bourdieu, Archer, Wuthnow, critical discourse analysis, or Kuhn's discussion of paradigm shifts as ideological changes. Empirical areas covered range from technology and software development, the brewing industry, custodial facilities to the organization of birthing.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 0aOrganizational sociology. 7aOrganizational theory & behaviour.2bicssc 7aSociology.2bicssc 7aBusiness and Management.2eflch1 aMeyer, Renate E.1 aSahlin, Kerstin.1 aVentresca, Marc J.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0733-558X/27zProduct website URL02422nam  22003252a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720015002042450171002192600055003903000011004453650098004563660075005544400062006295000016006915160013007075201215007205380020019356500034019556500022019897000023020118560062020349781849508469UK-WkNB20100217000000.0cu||||||||||||100210e201002uuxxk    |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849508469 :cą88.95  a1849508461 :cą88.95  a0573-8555  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKCJ2bicssc 7aECO2eflch10aOptimal growth economicsh[electronic resource] ;bAn investigation of the contemporary issues and the prospect for sustainable growth /cEdited by Sardas M.N. Islam.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2010.  a534 p.  a02b88.95cGBPd00hS 75.70 17.5 88.95 13.25jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20100201cIP 20100210jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aContributions to economic analysis  ;vv. 252,x0573-8555  aEbook. PDF.  aDocument  aDeals with the investigation of the contemporary issues in general economics, and growth economics and in the formulation of optimal growth programs, especially the issue of the sustainability of growth. This book proposes the development of optimal growth economics as a distinct, coherent and practical discipline useful for social choice.b"Optimal Growth Economics" is concerned with the investigation of the contemporary issues in general economics, and growth economics and in the formulation of optimal growth programs, especially the issue of the sustainability of growth. This book proposes the development of optimal growth economics as a distinct, coherent and practical discipline useful for social choice by using the techniques of mathematical modelling and computing to address a wide range of emerging and enduring issues in economics. A considerable number of optimal economic growth models have been developed in the book to address the crucial issues of different branches in economics, including growth and development economics, economic planning, welfare economics, environmental economics, human capital development, political economy, natural resources and the economics of uncertainty.  aPDF: Adobe PDF. 7aEconomic forecasting.2bicssc 7aEconomics.2eflch1 aIslam, Sardas M.N.4 uwww.emeraldinsight.com/0573-8555/252zProduct website URL05489cam  22004332a 45000010014000000030008000140050017000220070015000390080041000540200028000950200025001230220014001480400026001620720016001880720016002040720017002200720015002370820017002521000018002692450123002872500020004102600055004303000019004853650097005043660075006014400075006765000016007515000052007675050497008195160013013165203507013295380020048366500029048566500024048856500028049096500036049377000022049738560060049959781849504577UK-WkNB20100209000000.0cu||||||||||||090323e200901uuxxka   |s|||||||0|0 eng|d  a9781849504577 :cą62.95  a1849504571 :cą62.95  a1479-3598  aUK-WkNBbengcUK-WkNB 7aKJG2bicssc 7aKFC2bicssc 7aRNPG2bicssc 7aBUS2eflch04a658.40832221 aJaggi, Bikki.10aEnvironmental accountingh[electronic resource] ;bCommitment or propaganda /cBikki Jaggi; Edited by Martin Freedman.  aIllustrated ed.  aBingley,bEmerald Group Publishing Limited,c2009.  a212 p. :bill.  a02b62.95cGBPd00hS 53.57 17.5 62.95 9.38jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2onix-pt  b20090101cIP 20090323jGBkxxkmPublisher data keyed manually2UK-WkNB 0aAdvances in environmental accounting & management  ;vv. 3,x1479-3598  aEbook. PDF.  aEpublication rendering of: 9780762313662, 2006.0 aIDEOLOGY, THE ENVIRONMENT AND ONE WORLDVIEW: A DISCOURSE ANALYSIS OF NORANDAS ENVIRONMENTAL AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT REPORTS ENVIRONMENTAL DISCLOSURES IN THE OIL AND GAS INDUSTRY THE ASSOCIATION BETWEEN FIRM CHARACTERISTICS AND THE LEVEL OF ENVIRONMENTAL DISCLOSURE IN FINANCIAL STAEMENT FOOTNOTES ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES, BOND RATINGS AND BOND YIELDS ORGANIZATIONAL ANTECEDENTS AND CONSEQUENCES OF ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE A SYSTEMS VIEW OF THE ENVIRONMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL ACCOUNTING.  aDocument  aContains papers which deal with some of the important issues related to pollution information. This title deals with disclosure of environmental information. It examines what motivates environmental disclosures and whether environmental reporting reflects any real commitment or it is merely a propaganda ploy.bIn the two years since the publication of the last volume of this series, the planet has witnessed some devastating environmental events some of which can be attributed to human causes. However, we have also seen the world uniting (except mainly for the United States and Australia) to reduce greenhouse gases and hopefully slowdown global warming. Recognizing that sustainable development is a way that can lead to well being of the society in the long run, most of the world has therefore agreed to ratify the Kyoto Protocol. There is hope that the USA and other industrialized countri